175
State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 Main authors: Fredrik Bärthel Bo Östlund Jonas Flodén

State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

State-of-the-Art

MINT Deliverable 1

Main authors:

Fredrik Bärthel

Bo Östlund

Jonas Flodén

Page 2: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

IMPRINT Date

20.04 2011

Basic Material and Documents

Deliverable 1 MINT State-of-the-art

Main authors: Fredrik Bärthel, Bo Östlund and Jonas Flodén.

Deliverable 2 Framework for strategic integrated terminal network evaluation

Main author: Jonas Flodén.

Deliverable 1.3 Modelling and simulation of intermodal terminal networks

Main authors: Edith Schindlbacher, Hans Häuslmayer, Manfred Gronalt.

Deliverable 4 – Deepening Network Analysis

Main authors: Martin Ruesch, Bo Östlund, Simone Jegerlehner.

Deliverable 5 – MINT Case studies

Main authors: Martin Ruesch, Fredrik Bärthel, Jonas Flodén and Thoraya Rojas-Navas.

ERA NET Framework

This report forms a deliverable in the ERA NET ENT16 “Intermodal freight transport”.

MINT Partners

TFK – Transport Research Institute Borlänge, Sweden (http://www.tfk.se) – Coordinator

h2 projekt.beratung KG, Vienna, Austria, (http://www.h2pro.at)

Rapp Trans Ltd, Zürich, Switzerland (http://www.rapp.ch)

Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden, (http://www.infra.kth.se)

School of Business, Economics and Law at University of Gothenburg, Sweden (http://www.hgu.gu.se)

University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna, Austria (http://www.boku.ac.at)

Editor to the Report

Fredrik Bärthel, TFK – Transport Research Institute Borlänge (email: [email protected]).

Main contributors to the Report

Östlund, Bo, TFK – Transport Research Institute Borlänge (email: [email protected]).

Bärthel, Fredrik, TFK – Transport Research Institute Borlänge (email: [email protected]).

Flodén, Jonas, School of Business, Economics and Law at University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg,

(email: [email protected]).

Ruesch, Martin, RappTrans AG (email: [email protected]).

Frindik, Roland, Marlo A/S (email: [email protected]).

Schindlbacher, Edith, University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna, Austria (email:

[email protected]).

Rojas-Navas, Thoraya, University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna (email:

[email protected]).

Häuslmayer, Hans, h2 projekt.beratung KG (email: [email protected]).

Hagelin, Fredrik, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm (email: [email protected]).

Photos on front page: Fredrik Bärthel, School of Business, Economics and Law, Göteborg (all pictures except

the upper right) and Christian Krüger and Johannes Gregor, BoxXpress (upper right).

Page 3: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Preface

This report forms a deliverable in the ERA NET ENT16 project MINT – model and decision

support systems for intermodal terminal networks performed by a consortium consisting of:

TFK – Transport Research Institute Borlänge – Coordinator,

h2 projekt.beratung KG, Vienna,

Rapp Trans Ltd, Zürich,

Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm,

School of Business, Economics and Law, University of Gothenburg,

University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna.

The MINT project is a joint strategic and tactical trans-national project researching models

and decision support systems for evaluation of intermodal terminal networks. The outcome of

the project will be a system of models and methods to investigate, analyse and evaluate

terminal networks as well as single terminals. The system is based on a number of models on

different system levels. By combining these models a more complete spectrum of effects can

be analysed. This work has been complemented by an additional deepening network analysis

which integrates non-modelling aspects in the analysis.

This report forms a deliverable of Work package 1 “State of the art in intermodal terminal

network planning process, models and analysis of development needs” in the ERA NET

ENT16 project MINT – model and decision support systems for intermodal terminal

networks. The aim of the report is provide a state-of-the-art description of the current design

of intermodal terminals and intermodal transport systems, i.e. to describe the dominating

design of the system including its functions.

Hereby, the WP leader, the authors and all project partners would like to address their

gratitude to the funding organisations, all industrial representatives and other respondents who

kindly agreed to be interviewed and helped us to make this report possible.

Göteborg, April 19th

, 2011.

Fredrik Bärthel.

WP leader

Page 4: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The
Page 5: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Table of content

1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 AIM ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 REPORT STRUCTURE ....................................................................................................................................... 1

2 DEFINITIONS AND GLOSSARY .................................................................................................................. 3

2.1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 3 2.2 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................. 4 2.3 CAPILLARY INFRASTRUCTURE .......................................................................................................................... 16 2.4 INTERMODAL FREIGHT TRANSPORT .................................................................................................................. 17 2.5 MULTIMODAL TRANSPORT ............................................................................................................................. 18 2.6 INTERMODAL TRANSPORT: ............................................................................................................................. 19 2.7 COMBINED TRANSPORT/PIGGY BACK TRANSPORT: .............................................................................................. 20 2.8 CO-MODALITY ............................................................................................................................................. 21 REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................................................... 22

3 INTERMODAL ROAD-RAIL TRANSPORT IN THE MINT CORRIDOR ........................................................... 24

3.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................ 24 3.2 THE INTERMODAL TRANSPORT SYSTEM – AN OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 28 3.3 EUROPEAN INTERMODAL TRANSPORT .............................................................................................................. 30 3.4 DEMAND SIDE OF THE CORE OF INTERMODAL FREIGHT TRANSPORTATION ................................................................ 50 3.5 EUROPEAN INTERMODAL OPERATORS .............................................................................................................. 54 3.6 INTERMODAL TERMINALS AND TERMINAL NETWORKS .......................................................................................... 73 3.7 OPERATIONAL STRUCTURE/PHILOSOPHIES ......................................................................................................... 84 3.8 THE PRODUCTION SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................. 86 3.9 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS .............................................................................................. 104 3.10 TRANSPORT POLICY................................................................................................................................ 106 3.11 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK .................................................................................................................. 116 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................................... 120

4 INTERVIEWS WITH INTERMODAL ACTORS AND AUTHORITIES ABOUT THE USE OF STRATEGIC AND TACTICAL MODELS ....................................................................................................................................... 126

4.1 INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 126 4.2 AIM ........................................................................................................................................................ 126 4.3 METHODOLOGY......................................................................................................................................... 127 4.4 THE RESPONDENTS AREA OF RESEARCH/ANALYSIS ............................................................................................. 127 4.5 MODEL USE .............................................................................................................................................. 128

5 STRATEGIC INTERMODAL FREIGHT TRANSPORT MODELS - A LITERATURE REVIEW ............................. 132

5.1 FREIGHT TRANSPORT MODELLING ................................................................................................................. 132 5.2 TRANSPORT MODELS .................................................................................................................................. 134 5.3 A REVIEW OF MODELS ................................................................................................................................. 135 5.4 STRATEGIC INTERMODAL MODELS ................................................................................................................. 136 5.5 TERMINAL MODELS .................................................................................................................................... 152 5.6 RAIL NETWORK MODELS .............................................................................................................................. 161 5.7 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................................ 161

REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................................. 162

APPENDIX 1 QUESTIONNAIRE WP 1.3 .................................................................................................................... 165

Page 6: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The
Page 7: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 1

1 Introduction

This report forms a deliverable of Work package 1 “State of the art in intermodal terminal

network planning process, models and analysis of development needs” in the ERA NET

ENT16 project MINT – model and decision support systems for intermodal terminal

networks. The MINT project is a joint strategic and tactical trans-national project researching

model and decision support system for evaluation of intermodal terminal networks. The

outcome of the project is a system of models and methods to investigate and analyse costs and

benefits for terminal networks as well as single terminals. The system is based on a number of

models on different system levels. By combining these models a more complete spectrum of

effects can be analysed.

1.1 Aim

The aim of the report is provide a state-of-the-art description of the current design of

intermodal terminals and intermodal transport systems, i.e. to describe the dominating design

of the system including its functions. The knowledge how to produce intermodal transport and

to operate terminals is not only tacit knowledge within the Intermodal operators, but has also

been transferred and further developed by Universities, Research Institutes and Consultancies.

The latter organisations have developed models and decision support systems for evaluation

of intermodal terminal and terminal networks. There are a large number of research

publications and reports in this field, but there are also a large number of models and support

systems developed in-house. Hence, the aim of the first work package is to make a state-of-

the-art description and analysis of:

What are dominating intermodal transport design for road-rail transport in the MINT

corridor? What actors are involved, what activities are performed and what

resources are used? What is the dominating design of intermodal terminals? What

external and internal factors affect the intermodal cost-quality-ratio and its

competitive situation related to unimodal road transport?

What organisations use models and decision support systems developed or adapted

to intermodal conditions? What models are used by these organisations and for what

purpose? What parts in the intermodal systems might be evaluated with these

models?

What model and decision support systems competing with the MINT models (HIT,

EvaRail, SimCont, TermCost and SimNet) or the combined MINT model system

can be found in the R&D literature? What is the aim, scope, opportunities and

limitations with the identified models or model systems?

1.2 Report structure

The report contains four sub reports: (1) Glossary and definitions, (2) Intermodal transport in

the MINT corridor, (3) Interviews with intermodal actors and authorities about the use of

strategic and tactical models and (4) literature review of strategic and tactical models for

evaluation of intermodal terminals or terminal networks. A short presentation of each sub

report is presented in the following.

Page 8: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 2

1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions

The aim of this sub report was to define essential concepts and notions related to logistics,

transportation and above all intermodal freight transport. The report contains general

definitions, which is followed by two chapters discussing; (1) capillary infrastructure and

above all (2) the notions multimodal, intermodal and combined transport.

Main authors: Fredrik Bärthel and Tayssa Rytter, TFK – Transport Research Institute.

1.2.2 Intermodal transport in the MINT corridor

The aim of this sub report was to describe and analyse the intermodal freight transport

systems in Austria, Germany, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland, based on the actor, activity

and resource perspective (ARA). This perspective is supplemented by a description of the

competitive situation for intermodal transport in each country based on internal and external

factors as phase of deregulation, transport policy, infrastructure regulation (as loading profile,

weight dimensions) and finally some aspects related to the competitive situation towards road

transport is singled out. The sub report is ended by conclusions and an outlook for the future.

Main authors: Fredrik Bärthel, TFK – Transport Research Institute and Martin Ruesch,

RappTrans.

1.2.3 Interview with intermodal actors and authorities

The aim of the MINT project is to develop a comprehensive model and decision support

system of compatible and integrated models and to describe methods to investigate, evaluate

and analyse costs and benefits for terminal networks as well as single terminals. Evidently an

important basis for the project was a good knowledge of what kind of tools that are used in

the process today. The sub report presents the results from the interview survey carried out

among key actors with a potential interest in modeling of intermodal transport in Sweden and

Germany.

Main authors: Bo Östlund, TFK - Transport Research Institute and Roland Frindik, TFK -

Transport Research Institute / Marlo A/S.

1.2.4 Strategic Intermodal Freight Transport Models - A Literature Review

The aim of this report is to give an overview of existing computer models for intermodal

freight transport.

Main author: Jonas Flodén, School of Business Economics and Law.

Page 9: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 3

2 Definitions and Glossary

This chapter defines essential concepts and notions related to logistics, transportation and

above all intermodal freight transport.

2.1 Introduction

Intermodal freight transport is a relatively new research field and is, as pointed out by

Bontekoning et. al. (2004), in a pre-paradigmatic phase. This phase is characterised by lack of

consensus of definitions and common conceptual models of the system. For a transnational

project, as the MINT project, there is need for a common understanding of the intermodal

transport system in order to communicate within the project as well as to be able to

communicate with respondent and other stakeholders within the transport industry.

2.1.1 Aim

The purpose of this task is to define essential concepts and notions related to logistics,

transportation and above all intermodal freight transport. The report contains general

definitions, which is followed by two chapters discussing; (1) capillary infrastructure and

above all (2) the notions multimodal, intermodal and combined transport.

A conceptual model for intermodal freight transport is developed in MINT task 2.1. The

purpose of common definitions combined with a common conceptual model is to provide an

integrated framework for analysis of the intermodal freight transport system in a

methodological fashion.

2.1.2 Work procedure

This task has been performed as a desk study. Concepts, definitions and other notions have

been collected from three different sources; (1) academic reports and articles, (2) national and

European databases and (3) expert interviews. EC (1997), ECMT (1998) and CEN (2005)

have been used as principle sources for the compilation, but have been complemented with

additional sources when needed.

The task was divided into five steps.

Step 1: Literature review, including discussion of different sources was performed.

Step 2: Expert interviews were performed with 2-3 experts.

Step 3: Based on step 1 and 2 a draft version was created.

Step 4: This draft was circulated and reviewed by the MINT partners.

Step 5: The comments were collected and the draft was revised/edited. A final deliverable was

published after the final revision.

Page 10: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 4

2.2 Definitions

Accompanied transport: Movement/Transport of road vehicles, parts of vehicles or

intermodal load units (ILU) on another transport mode (rail or sea)

accompanied by the road vehicle driver.

Arrival track/Entry line: (DE: Zufahrtsgleis, SE: Infartsspår).

Articulated vehicle: A vehicle coupled to a semi trailer.

ATC: Automatic train control. A general term for any system designed to

check the driver‟s reaction to signals etc, ranging from cab warning

systems to complete automatic control.

BE terminal: Begin or End terminal for an intermodal terminal-terminal transport

chain. The train departures from the B-terminal and ends at the E-

terminal. In the intermodal network the trains are often operated

from B to E without stops at intermediate terminals or without

intermediate marshalling (full trains or shuttle trains).

Bimodal system: Previously semi-trailers constructed with both rail and road wheels.

Modern systems include reinforced and specially adapted

semitrailers fitted onto railway bogies (adapters) at the terminals.

Two semitrailers are mounted directly on the opposite end of a

boggie and thus no rail wagons are used. Several technologies have

been tested and used in Europe, but all in small scale.

Bimodal semi-trailer: An adapted semi-trailer to which rail bogies can be adapted.

Block train: Train consisting of two or more wagon blocks which runs between

two nodes without intermediate marshalling or shunting of wagons

and without transshipment of loading units. The wagons are sorted

into wagon blocks, i.e. by destination, on the node of train

composition.

Bundling: Consolidation of an intermodal loading unit to fill an intermodal

transport unit (Macharis et al, 2002).

Capillary trunk line: A capillary trunk line is a track connecting the main line with a

number of terminals or private sidings. (DE: Industriestammgleis,

SE: Industristamspår).

Catenary: The supporting cable and hangers for the conductor wire used in

overhead electric wire current feeder systems.

Page 11: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 5

Support

Track

Catenary (side view)

Droppers or hangers

Trolley wire

CEN: European Committee for Standardization

Co-modality: The efficient use of different modes on their own and in

combination to achieve an optimal and sustainable utilization of

resources (based on EC, 2006).

Connecting line: DE: Verbindungsgleis, SE: Anslutningsspår

Consignor: Party described in the transport document from whom the goods,

cargo or containers are to be transported.

Consignee: Party described in the transport document to whom the goods, cargo

or containers are to be delivered.

Consignment: Separately identifiable amount of goods transported or available to

be transported and specified in one single transport document.

Consolidation: In transport: grouping of smaller consignments into a large

consignment for carriage as a larger unit.

Container: Generic term for box to carry freight, strengthened for repeatable

use, usually stackable and fitted with devices for horizontal transfer

or vertical transfer between modes.

Corner fitting: Standard fixing point for the ILU (ITU) on the carrying vessel,

vehicle or wagon.

Corridor network: A network philosophy designed for fixed formation train sets

making short stops along a corridor route and thus cover the

intermediate markets. Along each route trains are operating at high

frequency making short stops each 100 – 200 kms according to a

tight and precise time schedule. To keep the level of

competitiveness the transfer time must be kept at a minimum at the

intermediate terminals so as not to prolong the total transport time

from begin to end terminal. Interconnected corridor trains permit

large areas to be covered at relatively low costs, but this operational

philosophy underlines the importance of fast train-forming,

marshalling, bundling and transfer activities to facilitate both

market coverage and high average speed (sometimes referred as a

line terminal network).

Page 12: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 6

Cross docking: Operation in which incoming combined consignments are

immediately deconsolidated followed by consolidation of

shipments having the same destination (consolidation) and then

prepared for shipping and further transportation.

Corner casting: Components found at the base of a container or a swap body into

which the twist locks of a carrying vehicle will engage for securing

the unit during transit.

Dedicated train: Dedicated trains are included in demarcated logistical systems,

where the rail functions as a conveyor belt (continious supply) for a

single shipper or a few shippers.

Deconsolidation: Splitting up unit loads into consignments, or a consignment into

shipments, or shipments into items of (finished) goods.

Dependent demand: Demand of items derived from the demand of other products.

Direct access siding: (DE: Überholungsgleis, SE: Förbigångsspår)

Double stack wagon: A rail wagon designed for the transport of containers stacked on

two levels.

Drayage: Pre-/end haulage (sometimes pre and post haulage) by truck from

the consignor to the terminal/from the terminal to the consignor

DryPort: An inland terminal directly connected to seaport(s) with high

capacity transport mean(s), where customers can leave/pick-up up

their standardized units as if directly to a seaport (Roso, 2004).

EC (1998): an inland terminal which is directly linked to a maritime

port”

Distinction to Inland clearance depot (UN ECE, 1998): A

common-user facility, other than port or airport, equipped with

fixed installation and offering services for handling and temporary

storage of any kind of goods (including containers) carried under

Custom transit by any applicable mode of inland surface transport,

placed under customs control and with Customs and other agencies

competent to clear goods for home use, warehousing, temporary

admission, re-export, temporary storage for onward transit and

outright export.

The latter definition corresponds to the classic free port. UN ECE

states this definition applies to the synonymous Dry Port and Inland

Clearance terminal as well.

Empties sidings: (DE: Leerwagengleis, SE: Uppställningsspår)

Foreland: Land beyond maritime area to which the port ships its export and

from which it derives its import (Hayuth, 1982).

Page 13: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 7

Forwarder: Party arranging the carriage of goods including connected services

and/or associated formalities on behalf on the shipper or receiver.

A freight forwarder is an intermediary that collects (small)

shipments from shippers, consolidates these shipments into

consignments, and uses one or more modes to transport these

consolidated shipments to a destination where the next party

delivers the shipment to the consignee.

Forwarding: Action of taking care of the dispatch of shipments and the

consolidation of information related to these shipments and their

transport and, in case of international transport, informing the

national body for control of exports.

Free loading area: Location/area without loading platform (loading ramp) at a freight

station adapted for loading and unloading of shipments and goods.

Gantry crane: Straddling a road-rail or ship-shore interchange, the gantry crane

structure on running tracks allows forward and backward motion,

whilst the crane itself provides lateral movement.

Gateway: An intermodal gateway is a nodal point (node), where continental

flows are being transshipped onto other continental/intercontinental

axes and vice versa (based on Fleming and Hayuth, 1994).

An intermodal gateway is a dedicated nodal point (often terminal or

port) connecting two separate intermodal transport networks. At the

gateway shipments, consignments and intermodal loading units are

coordinated and transshipped between the networks, e.g.

continental freight flows are coordinated and transshipped onto an

intercontinental network, and thus the gateway bridges lack of

interconnectivity and interoperability between two different

networks. A gateway might be either unimodal, i.e. unit loads are

transshipped rail-rail or ship-ship (including barge), or multimodal,

i.e. unit loads are transshipped rail-rail, ship-ship or rail-ship.

General cargo: Consignments between 100 – 1000 kg. These shipment sizes

require handling activities between consignor and consignee,

including handling and sorting at least at one consolidation

terminal. Scheduling in the general cargo system manage/control

the timing of inter-urban transport links and thus, the possibilities to

utilize intermodal freight transport. The notion less-than-truck load

includes the shipment categories general cargo and part loads.

Haulage: Road carriage of cargo between named locations.

Hierarchic network: The networks are operated with interregional trains between

shunting and marshalling yards forming routes and local or regional

feeder trains operating the distance between a marshalling/shunting

yard and the private siding or wagon load terminal.

Page 14: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 8

Hinterland: Areas behind the port to which the port sends import and from

which it draws export. (Hayuth, 1982). A ports hinterland is

dynamic. It might change due to fundamental developments in

technology, economy and society, which all have an impact on the

demand of shippers for port services a well as the generalized costs.

For the port authority the demand might be regarded as an

exogenous variable and as augmented by van Klink and van den

Berg (1998) this might also be true for the generalized costs.

Holding siding: (DE: Abstellgleis, abstellbahnhof, SE: Uppställningsspår/bangård)

Hub: A node is designated as hub, and all transports call to this node for

transfer, even for transports between adjacent origins and

destinations. The challenge is to coordinate all vessel, vehicles and

shipments, handle the complexity of the interdependent transport

services. Different hubs might be connected by direct links, i.e.

connected hubs.

Hub and spoke network: Network based on a centralized located terminal selected as a hub

and all transports are directed through this terminal, where wagons

are marshalled or bundled between the train connections.

Industry track: (DE: Privatgleisanschluss, SE: Industrispår)

Interconnectivity: The term concerns horizontal coordination of transport modes for

obtaining integrated door-to-door transport service. A precondition

for establishing such co-ordination is the existence of

transshipment/transfer technologies, facilities and equipment,

sophisticated surveillance and guidance systems as well as trained

and educated personnel (EC, 1998). Notions as interoperability,

intermodality and interconnectivity have gained popularity among

European politicians and decision makers and might be regarded as

“EU jargon” (Priemus et al, 1998).

Intermediate terminal: Terminal between a BE-terminal pair where intermodal trains in

more advanced operational philosophies make short stops along a

corridor route and thus covers the intermediate markets. Transfer

time must be kept at minimum at the intermediate terminals so as

not to prolong the total transport time from begin to end terminal.

Further detachability is needed at the terminals, thus there is need

for intermediate storage at the terminals.

Intermodal freight center: A variety of terminal functions and related services assembled in a

designated area. Typically, an intermodal road-rail terminal is

surrounded by forwarder‟s general cargo terminals (consolidation

terminals) conventional rail terminals, petrol stations, lorry repair

shops and other supporting facilities.

Cardebring and Warneke (1995): A concentration of economically

independent companies working in freight transport and

Page 15: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 9

supplementing services on a designated area where a change of

transport ILUs between transport modes can take place.

Interoperability: The term mainly refers to the use of standardized and compatible

infrastructure, technology, facilities and equipment, and

characteristics of the vehicles (dimensions). It involves technical

and operational (procedural) uniformity that might be applied by

transport enterprises to provide efficient door-to-door services.

Consequently, this reduces the numerous barriers between modal

transport systems (e.g. institutional, legislative, financial, physical,

technical, cultural or political).

There are different dimensions of interoperability and Mulley and

Nelson (1999) distinguish between four different dimensions; (1)

technical, (2) organizational (corporate), (3) juridical and (4)

cultural interoperability. The frequently limited discussion around

technical dimension is inadequate.

Intermodal load unit: Term for different types of load carriers used for intermodal freight

transport as well as transportation in general. Included in the

definition are swap bodies, semi-trailers and containers, but an

extended definitions also include RoRo cassettes, paper rolls,

standard sawn wood units as well as specially designed freight

containers of corresponding size and standard.

In this report we denote a container or a swap body an intermodal

loading unit (ILU) in order to stress the shipment, consignments or

goods to be transported (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008). ECMT uses

the denotation intermodal transport unit (ITU). Woxenius and

Bärthel (2008) use the denotation intermodal transport unit as a

“collecting” name for transport units as wagons, trucks and vessels.

Thus the ILU are loaded onto, in or coupled to an ITU.

Page 16: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 10

Table 1 Intermodal loading units – categories and standard dimensions.

Category Type Lenght Width Height Gross weight Pay load Volume

(m [foot]] m (EU[Se]) m (normal) ton ton m3

Container A 12,12 (40') 2,438 2,591 30,5 26,4 64

B 9,09 (30') 2,438 2,591 25,4 24,4 51

C 6,06 (20') 2,438 2,591 24,0 21,5 33

D 3,02 (10') 2,438 2,438 10,2 8,8 16

Swap body A 1212 12,12 2,55-2,60 2,67 34 23,5/26,5 74

A 1250 12,50 2,55-2,60 2,67 34 23,2/26,2 76

A 1360 13,60 2,55-2,60 2,67 34 22,8/25,8 80

C 715 7,15 2,55-2,60 2,67 16 11,4/13,4 43

C 745 7,45 2,55-2,60 2,67 16 11,4/13,4 45

C 782 (High cube) 7,82 2,55-2,60 2,90 16 11,4/13,4 50

Swap body EU standard 13,6 2,55 2,67 32,5 25 90

EU Maxi/Jumbo 13,6 2,55 2,67 32,5 24,7 100

Sweden - Finland 18,0 2,60 3,50 41,5 33 140

Junction: (DE: Abzweigstelle, Abzweigung, SE: förgrenings(trafik)plats)

Junction station: (DE: Abzweigbahnhof, SE: Förgreningsstation)

Land container: Standardized container, according to UIC norms, for an optimal use

mainly in road-rail combined transport.

Lift pockets: Standard lifting devices mounted on swap bodies and semi trailers

to allow vertical transshipment on intermodal terminals.

Line/Liner train: Fixed formation train sets operating between BE-terminals making

intermediate terminal stops along a corridor route and thus covers

the intermediate markets. Interconnected corridor trains permit

large areas to be covered at relatively low costs, but this operational

philosophy underlines the importance of fast train-forming,

marshalling, bundling and transfer activities to facilitate both

market coverage and high average speed.

Loading platform/ramp: (DE: Laderrampe/Verladerrampe, SE: Lastkaj/lastramp)

Locomotive: Rail engine (US)

LoLo: Loading and unloading of ILU:s using lifting equipment.

Low loader wagon: A rail wagon with a low loading platform specially built to carry

intermodal transport equipment.

Main line: To a railwayer this term means any tracks on which trains run

between given points, as distinct from sidings, yards etc. In a wider

sense, it signifies the principal lines between major cities and town,

on which the fastest trains run, as distinct from branch or suburban

lines.

Page 17: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 11

(Also: Line of route, trunk line)

DE: Hauptlinie, Hauptstrecke, Hauptbahn, SE: huvudlinje.

Maritime container: A container conforming standards that enable it to be used in

cellular ships. Most maritime containers conform to ISO standards.

A high cube container adds extra length and width – 9‟6” (2,9 m)

instead of 8” (2,44 m).

A super high cube container adds extra length, width and height

related to the standard ISO container. These dimensions may

fluctuate, reaching length of 45´, 48´or 53 ´.

Marshalling: The breaking up of freight train formations and the subsequent

sorting of wagons into train loads for final destination, carried out

at a marshalling or shunting yard. Formation of freight

wagons/block of wagons to trains or train formations, or splitting of

trains to blocks or single wagons.

Marshalling yard: A complex of sidings in which marshalling takes place. The yard is

divided into arrival sidings, main yard and departure sidings. Yards

includes humps, control towers and wagon retarders/accelerators.

Marshalling track: Track intended for marshalling of wagons.

[Marshalling] hump: (Ablaufberg, Ablaufanlage) heightened track system used for

marshalling, where gravity and the wagons‟ rolling resistance is

used for the marshalling activities.

Means of transport: Particular vessel, vehicle, or other device used for the transport of

goods or persons.

Part loads: Consignments of 1000 – 5000 kg is normally denoted part loads.

These consignments are easily distributed without intermediate

consolidation or deconsolidation activities. The shipper‟s demands

for lead time, scheduling and reliability determine whether an

intermodal freight transport is possible or not. The notion less-than-

truck-load (LTL) includes the shipment categories general cargo

and part loads.

Palletized shipments: General cargo or part loads are often consolidated in load units,

mainly loaded on Euro-pallets.

Pocket wagon: A rail wagon with recessed pockets to accommodate the wheels of

the road semi trailers, and sometimes a swap body, so as it remains

within the loading gauge (DE: Taschenwagen).

Private siding: (DE: Privatgleissanschluss, SE: Industrispår)

Page 18: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 12

Reach stacker: Mobile handling vehicle equipped with a spreader (for top lifting

containers) and grappler arms (for bottom lift swap bodies).

Road train: A road motor vehicle coupled to at least one trailer and semitrailer.

Rolling highway: (Classic) Transport of complete road vehicles on low floor

throughout [DE: durggehender ladefläche] wagons. This definition

does not include new rolling road concepts as Flexiwaggon and

Modalohr and my suggestion is to denote this conventional rolling

road, in relation to more innovative rolling road as the two

mentioned technologies.

Rolling highway (new): Innovative rolling road concepts as Flexiwaggon and Modalohr

based on transport of complete road vehicles (often low floor

wagons without throughout loading area [Ladefläche]).

RoRo: RoRo is a generic term for “Roll-on-Roll-off”. As the term

(denotation) reveals the loading units are driven on or off a ship, or

as in the case of rolling road, a train.

Secondary line: Branch-line, local line or secondary line (Bibana, sidolinje)

Semi trailer: Any vehicle intended to be coupled to a motor vehicle in such way

that part of it rests on the motor vehicle and substantial part of its

weight and of the weight of its load is borne by the motor vehicle.

These may have to be specially adapted to be used in intermodal

transport.

[Swedish] Släpfordon vars främre chassidel saknar axlar och istället

ilar direct på dragbils eller dollys vändskivam, där den fastlåses

med koppelstång.

Piggy back semitrailer: A road semitrailer – reinforced with lateral beams enough to enable

lifting by gantry or mobile crane.

Shipper: Individual or organization that prepares a bill of lading by which

the carrier is directed to transport goods from one location to

another. Note that a shipment can be transported successively in

different consignments.

Shipment: Separately identifiable collection of one or more goods items

transported or available to be transported together. A shipment can

be transported successively in different consignments.

Shunting: The process of moving rolling stock from one line to another,

arranging vehicles and wagons in a certain order, to place a certain

wagon or block of wagons in a desired position in a train, or to

place them at the point of discharge or loading. Sometimes also

called marshalling or sorting.

Page 19: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 13

Shunting yard: Railway yard consisting of several interconnected railway tracks

adapted for shunting.

Shuttle train: A service which simply operates between two points, usually not

far away.

Siding: Any track which is not running line and on which vehicles may be

loaded, unloaded, stable, shunted or marshalled.

Siding traffic: Freight traffic which is normally loaded or unloaded by the

customer‟s own staff and dispatched from or received at private

sidings.

Sorting sidings: A group of sidings for the principal sorting of wagons and their

assembly into trains, forming the major part of the main yard in a

marshalling yard.

Skeletal trailer: Semi- or full trailer consisting of a chassis alone, but which is fitted

with twist locks so as to carry containers and swap bodies.

Spreader: (1) Device for lifting containers and unitized cargo, (2) beam of

frame that spreads the slings during cargo operations or (3)

mechanism connecting the lifting cables on a crane or gantry to a

container. Note: A spreader has four adjustable fixing points

designed to connect with the upper twist locks corners on 20‟ and

40‟ containers.

Stackability: Specific characteristics of goods or unit loads to enable them being

put sturdily and safely on top of each other because of their

geometric shape as well as their ability to withstand the effects of

forces from the top.

Straddle carrier: Wheeled vehicle designed to lift and carry shipping containers

within its own framework.

Stripping: (In cargo handling) Unloading of cargo into an intermodal loading

unit.

Stuffing: (In cargo handling) Loading of cargo into an intermodal loading

unit.

Swap body: A swap body is a standardised container which can be detached

from the vehichle. The swap body is normally equipped with four

suport legs (drop-down), one in each corner. A swap body vehicle

is normally equipped with a special lifting device or with air

suspension which enables the suspension to be lifted or lowered.

Standard sizes for swap bodies are presented in table 1.

Tare: Weight of the ILU (ITU) or vehicle without cargo.

TEN: Trans European Network

Page 20: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 14

Terminal: Designated area for transshipment of goods or shipments

(consignments). A terminal (node) is used to bridge the different

transport modes‟/transport units‟ differences in capacity, frequency

and time. A categorization of terminals is in general made based on;

(1) connected transport modes, (2) capillary infrastructure (3)

connected network configurations, (4) commercial openness, (5)

technological openness and (6) service supply, i.e. port terminals,

general cargo terminals and intermodal terminals.

Third Party Logistics: Delegation of all distribution related activities by a supplier,

producer or distributor to a specialist company.

The service offered by a middleman in the logistics channel that is

specialised in providing, by contract, for a given time period, all or

a considerable number of logistics activities for other firms”

(Virum, 1993).

A third party logistics service providor is a company that takes over

some principal logistical activities that were previously carried out

by one of the principal parties, either the supplier or the buyer

(Lumsden, 1998).

Through siding: A siding without signaling but usable for the through movements

under the control of a shunter or other authorized person.

Tilt: Light tarpaulin sheet surrounding the frame of a swap body or

covering an open-top trailer.

Trailer: Any non powered vehicle intended to be coupled to a motor

vehicle. One kind of a trailer is the semitrailers.

Train length limit: The maximum number of vehicles which may be formed into a

train passing over a given section of the railway.

Train load limit: The maximum tonnage which may be conveyed by a given class of

train and/or hauled by a locomotive over a route.

Transshipment: A transport action by which goods are transferred from one means

of transport to another during the course of one transport operation.

Trunk haul: The main part of a freight transit, usually from the initial to the final

marshalling point.

Trunk line: A main railway line often connecting large production/consumtion

regions or a production/consumtion area and a port.

Turn table wagon: Standard wagon fitted with turntable frames to allow transshipment

and transport of specially bulk containers, but also ISO-containers

and swap bodies in some systems. No external handling equipment

is needed at the terminals, thus it keeps the sunk cost invested in the

terminals at a low level. Two systems are the Abroll Container

Page 21: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 15

Transport System (ACTS) for bulk containers and the Kockums

Industries Sgnss041

for swap bodies class C.

Twist lock: Standard fixing devices for securing ITU‟s to the carrying vehicle,

vessel and wagon.

TSD: Technical specification for operational interoperability.

UIC: Union Internationale des Chemins de fer (International railway

authority)

UIRR: International Union of Combined Road-Rail Transport Companies

Unaccompanied transport: Movement/Transport of road vehicles, parts of vehicles or

intermodal load units (ILU) on another transport mode (rail or sea)

not accompanied by the truck driver.

Unit load: Load consisting of items or packages held together by one or more

means and shaped or fitted for handling, transport, stacking and

storing as a unit.

Wagon load: A consignment of one tonne or more, charged at the wagon load

rate.

Wagon load terminals: A terminal with the features of a free loading area, but equipped

with a loading ramp/platform enabling loading and unloading of

wagons with fork lift trucks. Some terminals are equipped with

weather sheltered platforms. In 2003 there were 16 wagon load

terminals in Sweden operated by Green Cargo.

Page 22: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 16

2.3 Capillary Infrastructure

The extent and design of the capillary infrastructure is of major importance for the share of

cargo that is transported by rail (Nelldal et al, 2000). This fact is often neglected in the

political infrastructure debate, despite that almost all designated areas for loading, unloading

and transshipment of consignments and load units are connected to the capillary network,

including the intermodal terminals, private sidings, port terminals and free loading areas.

The capillary infrastructure is of importance in the MINT project and the aim is to create a

common language for the capillary infrastructure and the figure below shows a proposal for

categorization of the capillary infrastructure for rail freight.

Train formation nodes as marshalling and local shunting yards are not included in the

definition of capillary infrastructure.

Capillary infrastructure for rail freight transport

Capillary infrastructure for

freight loading/unloading Other capillary infrastr.

Connecting track/Siding Capillary trunk line TerminalsPrivate sidings

(owned by the shipper)

Sidings Secondary lines

Co

nne

ctin

g tra

cks

Wago

n t

ran

sfe

r yard

Oth

er

tra

cks

Fre

e lo

adin

g y

ard

s

Inte

rmo

dal te

rmin

als

Po

rt t

erm

inals

Ma

in o

pera

tion

al tr

acks

Lo

ad

/unlo

adin

g tra

cks

Sid

ing

s a

nd

oth

er

tra

cks

Op

era

tio

nal tr

acks

Sh

un

ting

/Tra

nsfe

r ya

rd

Sid

ing

s a

nd

oth

er

tra

cks

Fre

e lo

adin

g tra

ck

Sid

ing

s a

nd

oth

er

tra

cks

Tra

nship

me

nt

tra

cks

Sid

ing

s a

nd

oth

er

tra

cks

Lo

adin

g tra

ck in

po

rt

Sid

ing

s a

nd

oth

er

tra

cks

Other tracks: i.e.

empties sidings © Bärthel and Troche, 2008

Co

nne

ctin

g S

witch

/es

Figure 1 Proposal for categorization of the capillary infrastructure for freight transportation.

Other tracks include for example empties sidings.

Two recently published Swedish reports indicate the necessity of the capillary infrastructure

(Östlund et al, 2006 and Swedish Rail Administration, 2007) for the competitiveness of

wagon load, multimodal and intermodal rail freight transportation.

Page 23: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 17

2.4 Intermodal freight transport

Intermodal freight transport is a relatively new research field and is, as pointed out by

Bontekoning et al (2004) in a pre-paradigmatic phase. Thus there is a clear lack of consensus

of definitions and common conceptual models of the system. One purpose of a common

definition and a common conceptual model is to provide an integrated framework for analysis

of the intermodal freight transport system in a methodological fashion. A conceptual model

for the MINT project is jointly developed in task 2.1.

In the following section a large number of definitions for intermodal freight transport, used by

researchers, are summed up and categorized in relation to the definitions provided by the

European Conference of Ministers of Transport and United Nations (ECMT, 1998). The

survey shows that the researchers‟ definitions of intermodal transport ranges, based on the

definition provided by ECMT (1998), from the wide notion multimodal transport towards

more specified intermodal road-rail transport (combined transport). The differences indicate

discrepancies in aim and scope of the research projects as well as geographical differences

between the European Union and the US.

Only few researchers apply the standard definitions (Tsamboulas and Kapros (2000) and van

Duin and van Ham (1998)). These definitions (EC, 1997, ECMT, 1998) focus on the physical

characteristics of intermodal freight transport chains and as pointed out by Bontekoning et al

(2004) and Ohnell (2004) typical organisational aspects as synchronized schedules, task

division between modes and the multi-actor chain management are lacking. These

organisational aspects are stressed by Hayuth (1987) and D‟Este (1995), though the these

researchers‟ definitions do not stress the physical structure of an intermodal transport chain

and hence include all integrated (multimodal) transport chains, for example the combination

of sea and pipeline for crude oil.

In the definition of intermodal transport provided by the European Commission (1997) the

term intermodality emphasizes the need for a quality indicator of integration between the

transport modes at different levels. Hence a combination of the term intermodal transport and

the EU terms interoperability and interconnectivity (EC, 1998) highlight the level of

integration door-to-door in the transport chains

There are, as well as no standard definitions, no common conceptual models for intermodal

road-rail transportation. Different conceptual models have been developed, i.e. Hayuth

(1987), Jensen (1990), D‟Este (1995), Woxenius (1994, 1998) and Bukold (1996), but the

authors seldom refer to the work of other researchers. Thus the models differ related to type of

characteristics and mutual relationships. Bontekoning et al (2004) conclude that the

distinguishing characteristics of each research project reflect the differences in models.

Page 24: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 18

2.4.1 Multimodal transport

ECMT (1998), CEN (2005): Carriage of goods by at least two transport modes

EC (1997): Intermodality is the characteristic of a transport system which

allows at least two different modes of transport to be used in an

integrated manner in a door-to-door transport chain. In addition, it

is a quality indicator of the level of integration between the

transport modes. In that respect more intermodality means more

integration and complementarily between modes, which provides

scope for more efficient use of transport systems.

Jones et al. (2000): The shipment of cargo and the movement of people involving more

than one mode of transportation during a single, seamless journey.

Southworth & Peterson (2000): Movement in which two or more different transportation

modes are linked end-to-end in order to move freight and/or people

from point of origin to point of destination.

Min (1991): The movement of products from origin to destination using a

mixture of various transportation modes such as air, ocean lines,

barge rail and truck.

Hayuth (1987): The movement of cargo from shipper to consignee using two or

more different modes under a single rate, with through billing and

through liability.

D‟Este (1995)1: A technical, legal, commercial, and management framework for

moving goods door-to-door using more than one mode of transport.

Newman and Yano (2000a/b): The combination of modes, usually ships, truck or rail to

transport freight.

1 Also used by Ohnell (2004).

Page 25: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 19

2.4.2 Intermodal transport:

ECMT (1998)2, CEN (2005): The movement of goods in the same loading unit or vehicle,

which uses successively several transport modes without handling

the goods themselves in changing modes.

TRB (1998): Transport of goods in containers that can be moved on land by rail

or truck and on water by ship or barge. In addition, intermodal

freight usually is understood to include bulk commodity shipments

that involve transfer and air freight (truck – air).

Ludwigsen (1999): The movement of goods in the same load-carrying unit or vehicle,

which uses successively several modes of transport without

handling the goods in transit

Jennings and Holcomb (1996)3: A container or the device which can be transferred from one

vehicle or mode to another without the content of said device being

reloaded or distributed.

Muller (1995)4: The co-coordinated transport of goods in containers or trailers by

combination of truck and rail, with or without an ocean going links.

Slack (1996): Unitized loads (containers, trailers) that are transferred from one

mode to another.

Woxenius (1998): Intermodal transport as a coordinated transport where at least two

different transport modes are used to fulfill a physical movement of

a shipment loaded into an intermodal loading unit (ILU). This ILU

is transported without consolidation or deconsolidation from

consignor to consignee and is at least once transshipped between

the coordinated traffic modes. Thus, to be denoted as an intermodal

transport a transport needs to satisfy the following demands.

The shipment shall be transported in unbroken intermodal

loading units from sending to receiving point.

ISO-containers, swap bodies, semi-trailers and specially

designed freight containers of corresponding size are regarded

as ILU:s.

2 Used by for example Tsamboulas and Kapros (2000) and van Duin and Van Ham (1998)

3 Also used by Murphy and Daley (1998)

4 Also used by Taylor and Jackson (2000)

Page 26: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 20

The ILU must change between transportation modes at least

once between sending to receiving point.

2.4.3 Combined transport/Piggy back transport

CEN (2005): (1) Means of transport where one (passive) transport device is

carried on another (active device) which provides traction, (2)

intermodal transport where the major part of the journey is by air,

rail, inland waterway or sea and any initial and/or final leg is

carried out by road.

ECMT (1998): The movement of goods in the same loading unit or vehicle, which

uses successively, uses the transport modes road and rail without

handling the goods themselves in changing modes, also denoted

piggy back transport.

Nierat (1997): A service in which rail and truck services are combined in complete

door-to-door movements.

Harper and Evers (1993): One or more motor carriers provide a short-haul pick up and

delivery service (drayage) segment of the trip

Spasovic and Morlok (1993): The movement of highway trailers or containers by rail in line-

haul between rail terminals and by tractor-trailers from the

terminals o the receivers (termed consignees) and from shippers to

the terminal in the service area.

Evers (1994): The movement of truck trailers/containers by both railroads an

motor carriers during a single shipment.

Nozick & Morlok (1997): The movement of trucks and containers on rail cars between

terminals, with transport by truck at the end.

Woxenius (1998): Combined transport is an intermodal transport chain consisting of

the transport modes road and rail.

Page 27: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 21

2.4.4 Co-modality

Prognoses accomplished during the last decades have indicated a significant leap in market

shares for intermodal freight transport. But as highlighted by European Commission in the

Revised White Paper (2006) the anticipated leap has failed to come off and hence there is a

significant gap between above mentioned prognoses and measures of the transport work

taken. Thus the European sustainable transport policy needs to build on a broader range of

policy tools achieving shift to more environmentally friendly modes where appropriate,

especially on long transport distances, in urban areas and in congested corridors. The transport

network as well as each transport needs to be optimized and all modes needs to be more

environmentally friendly, safe and efficient. The European Commission introduced the notion

co-modality in the Revised White Paper (2006) which is defined as the efficient use of

different modes on their own or in combination to achieve an optimal and sustainable

utilization of resources. The European Commission argues that this approach offers the best

guarantees to achieve at the same time a high level of both mobility and of environmental

protection.

To achieve a sustainable and competitive transport network, for the benefit of the European

Industry, all transport modes needs to be considered as complementing modes, and not only

as competing modes, in an integrated transport network, i.e. the transport modes needs to

function in parallel where the most business economical and socio-economical mode is used

in each link to full fill the benefits created by the transport system.

Our interpretation of the notion co-modality, related to the notion intermodality, reveals a

broader theoretical view of the transport system including both unimodal and intermodal

transport chains. This highlights the needs to increase the interoperability and

interconnectivity in the transport system and the need to change perspective from considering

unimodal road and intermodal systems as competing towards considering these transport

solutions as parallel and not as competing modes where the transport solution best adapted to

a specific demand is used. To change perspective from considering unimodal road and

intermodal systems as competing towards towards parallel increases the ability to create a

strategy for the system designer or entrepreneur to bridge the organisational, economical and

institutional implementation barriers.

Page 28: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 22

References

Banverket (2007/b) Utveckling av det kapillära järnvägsnätet – redovisning av Banverkets

regeringsuppdrag. Dnr F07-3339/SA10, Banverket Samhälle och Marknad.

Bontekoning, Y. M., Macharis, C. och Trip, J. J. (2004) Is a new applied transportation field

emerging? – A review of intermodal rail-truck freight transport literature, Transportation

Research A 30, sid. 1-34.

Bukold, S. (1996) Kombinierter Verkehr Schiene/Strasse in Europa – Eine vergleichende

Studie zur Transformation von Gütertransportsystemen, Dissertation, Peter Lang Verlag.

Cardebring, P. W. and Warneke C. (1995) Combi-terminal and Intermodal Freight Cebtre

Development, KFB-Swedish Transport and Communication Research Board, Stockholm.

D‟Este, G. (1996) An event-based approach to modelling intermodal freight systems,

Internationa lJournal og Physical Distribution and Logistics Management 26(6), p 4-15.

Van Duin, R., Van Ham, H., 1998. Three-stage modeling approach for the design and

organization of intermodal transportation services. In: Proceedings of the IEEE International

Conference on Systems, Man and Cybernetics. Part 4, October 11–14, San Diego, CA, pp.

4051–4056.EC (1997), ECMT (1998) and CEN (2005) European Commission

European Commission (2006). Revised White, Paper, Brussels.

Hayuth, Y. (1981) Containerisation and the load center concept, Economic Geography, 57(2),

p. 160-176.

Hayuth, Y. (1987) Intermodality – Concept and Practise – Structural Changes in the Ocean

Freight Transport Industry, Lloyds of London Press, London.

Jensen, A. (1987, 1990) Kombinerade transporter – system, ekonomi och strategier,

Transportforskningsberedningen, Stockholm.

van Klink H. A., and van den Berg G. (1998) Gateway and Intermodalism, Journal of

Transport Geography, 6, p 1-9.

Lumsden, K. R. L. (1998) Fundamentals in Logistics, Studentlitteratur, Lund.

Bontekoning, Y.M., Macharis, C., Trip, J.J., (2004). Is a new applied transportation research

field emerging?––A review of intermodal rail–truck freight transport literature, Transportation

Research Part A 38 (2004) 1–34.

Mulley, C. and Nelson J. D. (1999) Interoperability and transport policy: the impediments to

interoperability in the organization of Trans-European transport systems, Journal of

Transport Geography, 7, pp. 93-104.

Nelldal, B-L., G. Troche and J. Wajsman (2000) Järnvägens möjligheter på den framtida

godstransportmarknaden, Institutionen för Trafikplanering, Kungliga tekniska högskolan,

Stockholm.

Page 29: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 23

Ohnell, S. (2004) Intermodal Road-Rail Transportation for Express Transport Services,

Chalmers University of Technology, Department of Logistics and Transportation, Göteborg.

Priemus, H., Button, K and Nijkamp, P. (1998) European Transport Networks: a strategic

view. In Button, K. (eds.) Transport Networks in europe, Edward Elgar, Cheltenham.

Roso, V.(2004) Emergaance and significande of dry ports, Chalmers University of

Technology, Department of Logistics and Transportation, Göteborg.

Tsamboulas, D. A. och Kapros, S. (2000) Decision-Making Process in Intermodal

Transportation, Transportation Reserach Record, nr 1707.

UN ECE (1998) UN/LOCODE – Code for Ports and other Locations, Recommendation,

Geneva.

Virum, H. (1993) Third Party Logistics, Research Report 1993/1, Norwegian School of

Management, Sandvika.

Woxenius, J. (1994) Modelling European Combined Transport as an Industrial System,

Institutionen för transportteknik, Chalmers tekniska högskola. Göteborg.

Woxenius, J. (1998) Development of Small-scale Intermodal Transport in a Systems Context.

Avhandling, Inst. för transportteknik, Chalmers Tekniska Högskola, Göteborg.

Woxenius, J. och Bärthel, F. (2008) Intermodal Road-Rail Transport in the European Union,

In: Konings, R., H. Priemus & P. Nijkamp (eds.), The Future of Intermodal Freight Transport,

Concepts, Design and Implementation, Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK.

Östlund, B, Berggren, U. och Bärthel, F. (2006) Analys av förutsättningar för användning av

utveckling av den kapillära infrastrukturen, TFK Rapport 2006:11, Stockholm.

Page 30: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 24

3 Intermodal road-rail transport in the MINT Corridor

This chapter will introduce intermodal transport as a part of the European transport system

with focus on the Scandinavian, German, Austrian and Swiss markets.

3.1 Introduction

An intermodal freight transport system is characterized by the subsequent use of different

transport modes for moving goods and shipments stowed in an intermodal loading unit (ILU)

from the consignor to the consignee. The system includes a large number of different

activities, actors and resources, which implies a certain degree of technological, operational

and organizational complexity. Other features are the derived demand, the dependency of the

surrounding activity systems and generally lack of formal systems management as well as

objectives shared by all actors.

Intermodal road-rail freight transport was developed by the National Railway Authorities

during the 1960s to increase accessibility to rail transport services; however primarily in the

aftermath of the environmental and climate debate intermodal freight transport was put on the

political policy agenda during the 1980s. The knowledge of the climate change in

combination with the continuous increasing freight flows and the limited capacity on the road

infrastructure in central Europe forced the European Union to make the decision of a certain

number of policy decisions related to a more balanced utilization of the infrastructures and of

the traffic modes with the overall aim of a sustainable transport supply in Europe (EU

Commission, 2002 and 2006). The recent transport policy adopted by the European

Commission changed from focusing solely on intermodal transport towards a policy of

parallel transport system, where the different traffic modes, separately and in co-ordination,

should be optimized in order to decrease the climate and environmental load from the

transport sector, denoted co-modality (European Commission, 2006). Anyway, a policy

opting for increased intermodal transportation could take a stand in the increasing climate,

environmental and congestion problems in Europe caused by the road transport sector but also

the potential for increased efficiency through co-ordination of the traffic modes to manage the

ever increasing freight flows (OECD, 1997, (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008).

Supporting words have been abundant and a truly wide range of political instruments have

been used for promoting intermodal transport on a European level, but they still have not

created a truly level playing field for competition with unimodal road transport. Previous

prognosis indicates large increase in intermodal transport volumes and market shares, but

statistics indicates a wide gap between expectations and actual transport work. The intermodal

transport work in Europe increased by 93 % from 1990 to 2000 and has grown another 67 %

from 2000 to 2007, i.e. an annual growth rate of 9-11 %. Thus, the market share for

intermodal freight transport is increasing, but still on a low level. Two general markets,

substantially penetrated, are the Alpine Crossing and transports from the ports offering round-

the-world service and their hinterlands (Notteboom, 2006, Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008).

Since the year 2000 there are signs of increasing market shares for conventional intermodal

freight transport in Norway and Sweden due to an enhanced service performance though the

increases are even more significant in countries as where the bottom-up activities are

strengthened by political actions (top-down) deregulation of the rail system and introduction

of road toll systems as in Austria and Germany (Gustavsson et al, 2007). The political

Page 31: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 25

promises that were not fulfilled have caused disillusion within the industry although

initiatives like the Marco Polo program, the road tolls in Austria, Germany and Switzerland

and the French subsidy to forwarders using intermodal freight transport are showing

promising results (Nelldal et al, 2007, Gustafsson et al, 2007 and Swedish Rail

Administration, 2008).

There are several reasons for the dissatisfactory market trends. Shippers, forwarders and

hauliers frequently investigate the options to increase utilization of intermodal freight

transport, but often mention the poor cost-quality ratio, lack of accessibility to intermodal

terminals and the complex organizational structure as three driving factors for not using

intermodal freight transport (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008). Bühler et al (2008) stresses poor

transport quality as the major driving force and concludes that the likelihood to use

intermodal freight transport service would be three times as high if the maximum velocity

terminal-to-terminal increased to 80 km/h as if the road toll (MAUT) was increased from 12

to 15 cent per kilometer. Despite poor cost-quality ratio, organizational complexity and

accessibility to intermodal terminal services intermodal transport is an important issue for

shippers, authorities and for the society (Storhagen et al, 2008) and there is a growing interest

for intermodal transport by the transport operators.

The source to system design is found 40-50 years ago, when the terminals were located and

designed and integrated in the dominating production system (wagon loads). Konings and

Kreutzberger (1999) and Rudel (2002) point out the close ties between the design of

dominating intermodal and traditional wagon load system as a major source for the poor cost-

quality ratio supplied by the traditional intermodal transport system put in relation to

unimodal road transport. Today, intermodal transport operators avoid shunting single

intermodal shipments through the network of shunting and marshalling yards (Aastrup, 2003).

Hans Paridon, head of Green Cargo Road and Logistics, point out the necessity of close

relationship between the design of intermodal freight systems and the road transport system.

The market, production systems, organization and regulation differs between different

countries in Europe. This report aims at support the intermodal transport system in Austria,

Germany, Scandinavia and Switzerland as a part of the European transport system.

3.1.1 Aim

The aim of the report is to describe and analyze the intermodal freight transport systems in

Austria, Germany, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland, based on the actor, activity and

resource perspective (ARA). This perspective is supplemented by a description of the

competitive situation for intermodal transport in each country based on internal and external

factors as phase of deregulation, transport policy, infrastructure regulation (as loading profile,

weight dimensions) and finally some aspects related to the competitive situation towards road

transport is singled out.

This report forms a deliverable from the ERA NET ENT16 Intermodal freight transport

project “MINT – Model and decision support systems for evaluation of intermodal terminal

networks”.

Page 32: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 26

3.1.2 Methodology

In conformity with previous reports, Woxenius (1994), Bärthel and Woxenius (2002) and

Woxenius and Bärthel (2008) a system approach (Churchman, 1979) and the actor approach

(Gadde and Håkansson, 1992) have been used to model the intermodal freight transport

system. The model, based on the three element approach was developed by Woxenius (1994),

consists of a description and analysis of actors, activities and resources and this approach is

useful to analyze the industrial structures from different angles.

This report deals with the whole transport chain although the focus is stronger on the core of

intermodal freight transport, i.e. terminal handling and rail haulage, and from the activities

where the intermodal loading unit is filled until it is emptied. The focus is on conventional

intermodal freight transport, i.e. unaccompanied transport of shipments loaded in containers,

swap bodies and semi trailers in an open service system. Closed service systems, as the Stora

Enso NETSS system and Outukumpus Steelbridge, are not included in the description,

although these systems have intermodal features. In this context the intermodal loading unit is

seen as a part of the shipment and not explicitly as a system resource.

The text is delimited to intermodal transport systems including at least one rail link. Inland

and short-sea shipping in combination with road transport are intermodal transport chains not

included in this overview.

The Scandinavian empirical knowledge for this description and analysis is based on a large

number of semi-structured interviews with representatives from the intermodal industry,

transport authorities, forwarders and shippers, reviews of scientific literature, reports and

statistics ranging from 1992-2008. The empirical knowledge from 1992 to 2010 is based on

previous research carried out by Woxenius and/or Bärthel. See for example Woxenius and

Bärthel (2008) and Bärthel et al, (2009).

The German empirical knowledge has been derived from reports of the national German

statistical office, which since 2004 has collected data for intermodal transport based on their

own methodology in addition to traditional mode by mode and global statistics. The German

department for Transport BMVBS has published a report on intermodal transport in 2001.

The national administration for freight transport BAG publishes annual reports on the

development of freight transport. The ports of Germany and their associations publish their

own annual reports. The research association for intermodal transport in Germany SGKV has

published a summary of all available data and reports on intermodal transport as partly

mentioned above. Numerous research projects have collected data on intermodal transport in

Germany (Promit, InHoTra, Diomis).

The Swiss empirical data, statistics and graphs are based on previous reports, mainly made by

RappTrans. The data has been updated by information received in informal interviews and

official statistics.

The Austrian empirical data, statistics and graphs are based on a work package report of the

DIOMIS project (cf. DIOMIS 2006). The data has been updated by information received in

informal interviews and official statistics.

Page 33: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 27

3.1.3 Definitions

Multimodal transport, intermodal transport, intermodal transport and intermodal load units are

four central concepts in the project, which will be defined in this chapter.

In this study the definition developed by Woxenius (1994) is used. From a conceptual point

this definition view intermodal transport as a coordinated transport where at least two

different transport modes are used to fulfill a physical movement of a shipment loaded into an

intermodal loading unit (ILU). This ILU is transported without consolidation or

deconsolidation from consignor to consignee and is at least once transshipped between the

coordinated traffic modes. Thus, to be denoted as an intermodal transport a transport needs to

satisfy the following demands.

The shipment shall be transported in unbroken intermodal loading units from sending

to receiving point.

ISO-containers, swap bodies, semi-trailers and specially designed freight containers of

corresponding size are regarded as ILU:s.

The ILU must change between transportation modes at least once between sending to

receiving point.

In this study the transport modes are road and rail, primarily, which normally is denoted

intermodal transport. In this project the definition assume a transport where the shipment is

loaded into the ILU at the sending point. The ILU is transported by road to an intermodal

terminal, where the ILU is transshipped onto a wagon and subsequently transported to the

receiving terminal by block or shuttle train. On the receiving terminal the ILU is transshipped,

occasionally stored, and transported by truck to the consignee (receiving point). The

intermodal load unit is not deconsolidated until the ILU arrives at the consignee (Lumsden,

1998).

The concepts of multimodal and intermodal transportation are often mixed up. The major

difference distinguishing these two concepts the utilization of ILU:s in an intermodal

transport chain from a consignor to a consignee where the ILU is transshipped at least once

between sending to receiving point according to the above mentioned definition. A

multimodal transport chain consists of at least two different traffic modes, but the shipment is

not necessarily loaded in an ILU. Thus, the concept of intermodal transport might be

considered as a subset of multimodal freight transport. An example of multimodal transport is

round timber transported by truck from the wood to a round timber terminal. At the terminal

each timber is transshipped to a wagon occasionally through an intermediate storage area.

Finally loaded onto a freight wagon the timber is transported to the Pulp Mill for production

of pulp. All handling of the timber is done by the piece.

Page 34: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 28

3.2 The intermodal transport system – an overview

The intermodal freight transport system may be described by its core activities; pre- and end

haulage, transshipment, rail haulage, coordination and consolidation of consignments and

ILU:s and where applicable sea transport. Infrastructure and supporting activities such as

lease of equipment, inspection, cleaning, mending and empty stacking of ILU:s at terminals

are needed for the system to work.

Traditionally, coordination and consolidation of consignments in ILU:s was carried out

outside the system by the shipper or forwarding company‟s general cargo terminal, but in the

next future the terminal companies/operators will offer such services on the intermodal

terminal to coordinate and consolidate intermodal and unimodal road consignments

(Storhagen et al, 2008) as described in the coming chapter.

Intermodal transport systems demands large volumes to reach a competitive combination of

cost efficiency, transport quality and acceptable environmental features. Shippers and

forwarding companies are often large actors, but each individual actor has often not got

sufficient volumes for competitive intermodal freight transport in specific relations. A recent

inkling of a new trend is the co-operation between large shippers and an agent to initiate,

develop and operate intermodal or co-modal transport systems or chains. These market trend

are emerging on the Swedish transport market and are denoted customer or agent initiated

intermodal freight transport systems.

Intermodal freight transport includes at least two different traffic modes, though the focus in

this report is on the core of intermodal freight transport (see the figure below), including rail

transport and transshipment activities. These activities distinguish the intermodal freight

transport from unimodal road transport as well as intermodal road-sea transport systems.

The major research takes this perspective, but there are studies focusing on the road link in

intermodal freight transport for instance Morlok and Spasovic (1994), Nierat (1997) and

Taylor et al (2002).

Figure 2 A system model focusing on activities in the intermodal chain (Based on: Woxenius and

Bärthel, 2008).

pre-haulage

post-haulage

rail haulage

transshipment transshipment

co-ordination of intermodal transport

co-ordination of the core of intermodal transport

© Johan Woxenius

Page 35: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 29

Page 36: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 30

3.3 European Intermodal transport

Since the beginning of year 2000 the growth of freight transport exceeds the growth of GDP

Since the beginning of the nineties freight transport is growing also much faster than

passenger transport. Main reasons are the integrated European market and the globalization.

The share by mode (tkm) is 45% by road, 37 % maritime, 11% rail, 3% inland waterway and

<1% air transport. Whereas pipeline and inland waterway stagnated, we can observe a strong

increase in road and maritime transport and a slight increase in rail transport. Due to the

statistical orientation to modes and not to consignments the intermodal transport share in

Europe can only be estimated:

15% of transported volumes are intermodal transport.

8% of continental transport volumes are intermodal transport.

75 to 80% of intercontinental transport volumes are intermodal transport.

.

Figure 3 Development of transport and GDP 1995-2007 (Source: Eurostat).

In 2007 the freight transport performance in EU 27 was about 4.2 billion ton-kilometers.

Figure 4 Freight demand development 1995-2007 in EU 27 (Source: Eurostat).

Page 37: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 31

3.3.1 European Intermodal freight volumes

In 2007 17 million TEUs were shipped by intermodal road-rail transport in Europe. It

represents a market share of around 3%, which is an increase by 50% since the late 1990s.

The most important intermodal rail/road flows in Europe can be seen in the next figures (only

traffic from UIRR companies, about 30-35 % of European intermodal rail volumes).

Figure 5 Intermodal rail flows 2009 (source: www.uirr.com).

In 2009 about 2,4 million consignments or 4,5 million TEU have been transported

unaccompanied (containers, swap bodies, semi-trailers) and 400 000 consignment

accompanied. The annual growth rate of unaccompanied transport is 10-15 % per year since

2000. However during the recession in 2009 the unaccompanied business of the UIRR

companies (excluding new membership) suffered much more than unimodal road transport

with a decline of 19% (i.e. 500,000 fewer shipments compared to 2008). The road transport

sector recorded an overall traffic reduction of 10%,

Especially relevant are the flows over the Alps and the transport from the ports of

Rotterdam/Antwerp to their hinterlands. The most important connections are between

Germany, Benelux countries in the north to Italy in the south. Rolling Motorway transport is

relevant via Austria and Switzerland over the Alps.

The development of intermodal and rail freight can be seen in the following figure:

Figure 6 Intermodal rail freight development 2000-2009 (UIRR, 2010).

Page 38: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 32

There is a strong growth of international unaccompanied transport and minor growth in

national intermodal transport. The growth rate of intermodal transport is about 10-15 % per

year (unaccompanied transport). Due to the financial crisis there is at the moment a decrease

in intermodal volumes of about 15 to 20%.

3.3.2 Intermodal freight transport in Austria5

Austria has a population of about 8.3 million people (January, 1st 2007) residing on 83.871

km². The average population density is about 99 inhabitants/ km². Austria has a huge variety

of landscapes, like the spacious Vienna basin, the gentle Austrian upland, the alpine areas

from the West to the East and the lake districts in the Salzkammergut and Carinthia. The land

use of the whole territory can be divided into agricultural land use (31,4%), forests (43,2%),

the alp regions (10,3%), water surfaces (1,7%) and other areas (13,4%). The area of

settlement covers about 2/5 of the territory. Austria consists of 9 federal states: the federal

state of Lower Austria, Upper Austria, Salzburg, Carinthia, Styria, Tyrol, Burgenland,

Vorarlberg and Vienna. The largest cities are Vienna with almost 1,7 Mio. inhabitants,

followed by Graz, Linz and Salzburg. The main river in Austria is the Danube. The Danube is

the most important inland waterway and crosses Austria from the North West to the South

East. Austria has a 6.188 km (2003) long railway network and about 12.500 km of paved

roads, including 2.100 km (2007) of motorways and expressways (thereof 160km of tunnels

and 210km of bridges). The most important airports are Vienna and Salzburg. Other

international airports are situated in Linz, Graz, Innsbruck, and Klagenfurt.

Figure 7 Distribution of population in Austria.

Austria has a traditional steel industry and a wide range of different other industrial sectors.

The most important regions for transport technology industry are Upper Austria, Lower

Austria, Styria and the Vienna region. Figure 9 shows the distribution of the Austrian

population, from which the demand for intermodal transport can also be derived (Source:

DIOMIS 2006). Austria has a strong automotive supply and automotive industry, but also a

5 The source for this subchapter is ERA-NET Transport (2007).

Page 39: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 33

strong sector for railway industry. Some technological highlights of the automotive industry

in Austria are e.g. Diesel engine design, design of all-wheel powertrain systems and the

development of special-purpose vehicles. Austria has as well an enhancing ITS sector –

several ICT firms have a focus on ITS - and a rather small aviation and aerospace industry.

In 2005, the volume of intermodal rail/road traffic in Austria totaled 23.62 million gross tons.

Almost 17.5 million tons or 74 per cent of the total were carried on unaccompanied services

corresponding to an estimated number of 1.66 million TEU. Against the European trend rail

has maintained a high percentage of about 35 per cent of total freight traffic. In 2008 this

number is still at around 32%. 31 per cent of the total volume of rail freight services of 82

million gross tons accounted for intermodal transport, alone 21 per cent for unaccompanied

services. Even more than 50 per cent of the Austrian rail transit has been performed by

unaccompanied intermodal trains. Also remarkable is the relatively high percentage of 14%

for domestic unaccompanied freight transport, as Austria is a relatively small country, with

around 700km width at most. Figure 10 gives an overview on the distribution of the total

Austrian freight flows and their modal split for the year 2005 (Source: Bmvit 2007). Figure 11

shows the percentages of the unaccompanied intermodal transport (UCT) of the total rail

freight per market segment for the same year. This means that of the 30% share of rail

transport in transit freight transport through Austria, a relatively high percentage of 56% were

transported via UCT.

Figure 8 Distribution of freight transport and modal split 2005 (Herry Consult, 2007).

During the recent years this intermodal transport mode saw rather constant growth rates. From

1997 to 2005 it could almost double its volume. In spite of this overall trend the percentage of

domestic intermodal traffic in Austria has remained comparatively small. In 2005, trains

moved 3.12 million tons of goods within Austria corresponding to 13 per cent of the total

volume. Cross-border unaccompanied traffic including transit through Austria, however,

accounted for more than 14 million tons (60.7 %). Compared to most of the other European

countries, a remarkably high percentage of 33.5 per cent of all intermodal transport shipments

were conveyed on unaccompanied transit services through Austria. This shows Austria‟s

outstanding function as a turntable for trans-European freight flows the more as the majority

of the accompanied traffic totaling 6.1 million tons also was a shift of road transit to rail.

Page 40: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 34

Table 2 Distribution of freight transport and modal split 2005.

Intermodal freight transport TEU Million gross tons Percentage

Unaccompanied transport 1661600 17,47 74%

Domestic 348900 3,12 13%

International 627700 6,43 27%

Transit 685000 7,92 34%

Accompanied transport 458200 6,15 26%

Total 2119800 23,62 100%

In 2005, more than 154,000 TEU of containers were carried in domestic container hinterland

traffic in Austria. These transports are the pre- or end-haulages by rail preceding or following

an international intermodal journey between a foreign port and a transshipment centre in

Austria. Since many years the German container ports of Hamburg and Bremerhaven by far

are the most important ports for Austria‟s containerized cargo flows. All economic centres

basically are served at least by one daily service. As a result, the domestic container volume

also primarily relies on international services with these ports. Considerably smaller impacts

have container services with the ports of Rotterdam, Koper and Trieste.

In 2005, about 43 % or 1.32 million gross tons of the domestic intermodal traffic volume were

containers shipped via Gateway services. This figure also includes the tonnage conveyed by

another operator, Wiener Lokalbahn (WLB), in this market segment. Continental shipments in

domestic intermodal transport moved 1.8 million gross tons in the year 2005 thus maintaining

a small lead over hinterland traffic. This result also takes account of the shipments conveyed

by Salzburger Lokalbahn (SLB).

Table 3 Domestic unaccompanied intermodal transport volumes in Austria 2005

Domestic Intermodal Transport Market Segments Gross tons % TEU %

Continental Intermodal Transport 1800000 58 % 194470 56 %

Container Hinterland Transport 1320000 42 % 154390 44 %

Total Domestic Intermodal Transport 3120000 100 % 348860 100 %

In order to present a total overview of Intermodal transport in Austria shows the rising trend

for the segments, unaccompanied and accompanied, between 1996 and 2005. No data for

containerized transport is available for 2003 and 2004. Also remarkable is the decline in 2005,

which recovered until 2008. 2009 seems to be hard year for Austrian intermodal transport

with companies and terminals facing declines up to 30% of transport volume.

Figure 9 Intermodal transport in Austria 1996-2005.. Dark blue demarks RoLa and light blue

conventional intermodal transport.

Page 41: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 35

3.3.3 Intermodal Freight transport in Germany

In Germany the intermodal market on rail had a transport volume of totally 73.8 million tons

in 2008, of which the vast majority of 89.5 % or 6.0 million TEU had been transported in

container and swap-bodies. The third type of loading unit is the semi-trailer which reached a

volume of 6.9 million tons and a share of 9.4 %. The remaining two links in accompanied

intermodal transport (rolling road or RoLa) gained a volume of 0.9 million tons (share 1.2 %).

Table 4 Freight volumes in Germany.

loading unit unit total domestic export import transit

container swap body total 1,000 consignments 4.223 1.989 874 859 502

road vehicles total

semi-trailer lorry/articulated vehicle

1,000 consignments

1,000 consignments 1,000 consignments

287

253 33

62

62 0

106

78 28

94

88 6

25

25 0

container swap body total 1,000 TEU 6.023 2.810 1.239 1.181 792

intermodal transport total 1,000 t 73.808 29.840 18.705 14.645 10.618

container / swap body total 1,000 t 66.022 28.215 15.765 12.118 9.924

road vehicles total

semi-trailer

lorry/articulated vehicle

1,000 t

1,000 t

1,000 t

7.786

6.934

852

1.625

1.625

0

2.940

2.179

761

2.527

2.436

91

695

695

0

intermodal transport total 1,000 tkm 37.428.605 14.630.784 8.977.903 7.476.516 6.343.403

container / swap body total 1,000 tkm 33.020.581 13.773.002 7.370.500 6.019.129 5.857.950

road vehicles total

semi-trailer

lorry/articulated vehicle

1,000 tkm

1,000 tkm

1,000 tkm

4.408.024

4.026.762

381.263

857.782

857.760

22

1.607.403

1.233.757

373.645

1.457.387

1.449.792

7596

485.453

485.453

0

The intermodal transport volume had been grown in 2008 by +5.2% which is much more than

the total transport market. This growth has been supported mainly by the development of the

container and swap body volume which raised by +9.6% in comparison to 2007. The transport

service increased also by +8.3% in total and by +9.1% regarding container and swap bodies,

which is much better than the total transport market. The growth could be observed especially

on the domestic market with a rate of remarkable +11.9%. Instead cross boarder transport has

almost stagnated in comparison to rates in previous years with 0.6% in export and 2.5% in

import from 2007 to 2008. Also within the year intermodal transport performed much better

than the total rail freight market. The tonnage has increased in all four quarters, even if a

slump could be observed at the end of the year. Referred to transport service the increase in

the first three quarters accounted between 8.5% and 17.1%, while in the last quarter it came

down to 2.1%. Figures given in TEU showed a decrease of -0.2% in the last quarter of the

year 2008 while in December 2008 the decrease had popped up to -13.6%.

On long time scale several different periods of development can be analyzed. Between

founding of market pioneered by Kombiverkehr and Transfracht jointed by Eastern German

DR container transport and the reunification in 1990 the market had been grown almost

continuously. Together with the termination of the state regulated rail freight market in the

GDR also the DR container transport almost disappeared immediately. Kombiverkehr

suffered a longer period of stagnation and almost decline in the 1990th

due to insufficient

service and strong competition after opening of the transport market on the road to Eastern

Europe. Also Transfracht lost its single wagon market in 1996. This depression changed

Page 42: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 36

radically with liberalization of the rail freight market introducing new powerful players as

ERS, TX Logistics and Acos and new streamlined shuttle train concepts as KombiNetz 2000+

by Kombiverkehr and Albatros network by Transfracht. A break in the enormous growth

between 2001 and 2007 can already be observed in 2008, changing certainly to a decline in

2009.

1969

1970

1971

1972

1973

1974

1975

1976

1977

1978

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

Kombinierter Verkehr Deutschland national

1.0

00

TE

U

Figure 10 German domestic unaccompanied intermodal transport (source: Marlo Consultants)

Germany has by far the biggest domestic intermodal transports reaching about 2.6 million

TEU in 2007, which is about one quarter of the total domestic market in Europe.

3.3.4 Intermodal freight transport in Norway

The Norwegian Railway Freight Company (NSB Gods) made a change in strategy on January

1, 2003. The company abandoned the conventional wagon load traffic and concentrated their

service supply on intermodal transport. There were two basic reasons for the changed

strategy: (1) opportunity to avoid the costly and time-consuming shunting/marshalling and (2)

to change the market role towards the shippers. The change transformed the company into a

supplier of intermodal freight transport to freight forwarders, hauliers and other transport

service providers. Today, Cargo Net offers terminal service and rail operation between

terminals, while the transport service provider supply pre- and - end haulage.

The conventional wagon load transport system was closed except from some services in Mo i

Rana, some car transport and dedicated transport systems for timber and wood chips. These

transports represent around 10 % of the company‟s turnover.

Intermodality in Norway has more or less been on top of the Ministry of Transport‟s political

agenda since the mid 1980s, without great success in regard to a transportation shift towards

rail and sea (Halseth, 2004). The National Transportation Plan 2010-2019 (NTP, 2009)

underlines the national importance of the terminals at Alnabru and Oslo port, and the political

support for increased intermodality with Alnabru as national hub seems unambiguous.

Page 43: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 37

The amount of rail freight transport in Norway has shown a rising trend, but the main portion

is still transported on road. The figures show that the total amount of freight transported in

Norway on road, rail and sea has more than doubled since 1965, while transport measured in

ton kilometers has increased by more than three times (Statistics Norway, 2010).

Tonn [mill]

0

100

200

300

400

500

1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2006 2007 2008

Sjø

Jernbane

Veg

Tonnkilometer [mill]

0

10 000

20 000

30 000

40 000

1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2006 2007 2008

Sjø

Jernbane

Veg

Figure 11 Million tons transported by road, rail and sea in Norway from 1965 to 2008 (left) and

million tonkms by road, rail and sea from 1965 to 2008.

The intermodal transport strategy from 2002 has almost been a story of success. The volumes

transported has increased by some 10-20 % per year and in 2008 950 000 TEU (10 million

tons) were transported. As a result, intermodal freight has a market share in the major O/D-

relations in Southern Norway of 30-50% and towards Northern Norway of 80%.

The largest terminal, Alnabru, has grown from some 100 000 TEUs years 1997 to 537000

TEUs in 2008. Hence, the terminal is the second largest in Europe. Around 90 % of all

intermodal freight transport in Norway is handled on this terminal and a prognosis indicates

1 000 000 TEU to be handled in 2020. Other major terminals is Bergen (112 000 TEU in

2008), Trondheim (100 000), Stavanger (85 000), Narvik (45 000), Drammen (43 000), Bodø

(38 000) and Kristiansand (25 000).

The frequency of the Norwegian domestic links is 3-7 per working dayand the rail operator

indicates an economic break even distance of 300-400 km if collection and distribution

distances are less than 20-30 km at the terminals.

3.3.5 Intermodal freight transport in Sweden

The freight transport market has increased considerably since 1990 and the growth is expected

to continue due to economic development, structural transformation of the economy and

increasing affairs with the Eastern Asia and other developing countries. The development is

affected by increasing energy prices, but this change affect road and rail transport more than

maritime transport.

Rail transportation has for the last 50 years lost market shares to road transportation, but since

a break point in the early 2000 the freight volumes as well as market shares have increased.

In 2007 the market shares were: sea 37 % (only small fraction inland waterways), rail 20%,

intermodal road-rail transport 4% and road 39% (Swedish Rail Administration, 2008).

3.3.5.1 Intermodal freight demand in Sweden

In Sweden the Swedish Rail Administration began to implement an intermodal terminal

network in the 1960s. The intermodal system did not become an early success, despite hopes.

Page 44: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 38

The market for intermodal became stagnant at 2 % market share in the early 1990s (Swedish

Freight Association, 1997). The intermodal operators focused their business on the market for

large volumes over long distances and thus the number of terminals was reduced. 500 kms

was regarded as the break even distance for the intermodal transport in competition with road

transport. The intermodal transport over medium distances and for small and dispersed flows

over medium and long distances were left to hauliers and road forwarders.

Factors that explain the stagnating market is found, not only in the market process, but also in

market organization and in the tacit knowledge of the transport industry. The development of

the intermodal system was not a priority at the market characterized by competition between

the modes rather than being a complementary to the dominating unimodal transport design

(Nelldal et al, 2000). Within the truck industry intermodality was perceived as a something

"the cat dragged in" and the railway administration considered intermodality as a product that

drained volumes from the conventional wagon load system (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008).

Thus, at the strategic level the Swedish Rail operator SJ Gods, as well as a number of railway

administrations in Europe, realized the opportunity to invest in development and

implementation of new and competitive intermodal transport system. The results of the

ambitions were a number of national trials during the 1990s where the most renowned

example is SJ Light-combi that was established as a pilot customer in 1998. But there was no

concentrated effort on a European or national level to market and implement an innovative

system in large scale (Woxenius, 1998 and Bärthel and Woxenius, 2003) except from Austria

and Switzerland (Rudel, 2002).

Consequently Demker (2000) found that the intermodal transport in Sweden reached a peak

level of around 4.5 to 5.0 million tons and 2.5 billion tonkm in the middle of the 1990s and

concluded that the goal of 10 million tones presented in 1990 was an illusion (ibid.). During

the 1990s however, three important regulative changes occurred. Primarily, the Port of

Gothenburg launched a strategy of a new intermodal shuttles network between the port and its

hinterland as a complement to road transport. Second the rail freight market became entirely

deregulated. Thirdly, the infrastructure fees (track access charges) were reduced by 65 MEuro

per year in 1997. Together, these changes contributed to the strong stepwise development of

intermodal transport in the Nordic countries. Primarily an extensive port hinterland shuttle

network was established to/from the Port of Göteborg and later to/from the Port of

Helsingborg. Secondly, starting in 2007 border crossing shuttles from the Continent to

Southern/Middle Sweden have been established. This has been supplemented by a strategic

intermodal ventures by large shippers as manufacturers as Volvo and wholesalers as COOP.

The intermodal transports have increased slowly from 3.1 million tonnes 1985 (Jensen, 1987)

to 4, 0 million tonnes 2000 (Swedish Rail administration, 2001). After 2000 the intermodal

transports in Sweden have increased significantly to 8, 2 million tonnes in 2007. In figure 7 an

overview of the intermodal freight volumes transported (in tonkm) from 1995 to 2008 is

shown. From stagnant or declining volumes, 1995-2001, volumes of intermodal shipments

have increased by 70% since 2001 and transport work by 107%. The domestic annual

volumes have increased by an average 6% and transport work by 9% per year. Hence, growth

is higher in the border crossing transport, with an annual volume growth of 15% and a growth

in transport work by 22%. Notice the clear break of trend in 2001, affected by the previous

three inducement factors. The market share for intermodal transport was 5% in 2008; hence

the market share has doubled since 1995.

Page 45: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 39

Trendbrott

Avreglering

Nya banavgifterDeregulation Break of trendNew infrastrstructure fees

Figure 12 Growth of intermodal freight transport work in Sweden from 1995 to 2008 (Adapted from

SIKA, 2009).

The latest trend in Sweden is shippers investing in intermodal transport, so-called customer-

driven, agent-initiated intermodal transport. Companies that strategically focused on increased

intermodality in the period 2009-2010 include COOP, Intercontainer Scandinavia, LKW

Walter van Dieren and Volvo Logistics, All these players have strategies to use intermodal

transport for a significant part of their freight flows and mainly use semi-trailers as load unit.

Several of these actors indicate that deregulation of railways is an important factor to increase

the share of intermodal transport without the risk of putting all eggs in one basket (Storhagen

et al, 2008, Barthel et al, 2009), but most companies also point out the lack of the top-down

incentives from institutional sources as a barrier to intermodal investments (ibid.).

3.3.5.2 Volumes and break even distances

The market share for intermodal transport in Sweden is 5% (tonkm) and for rails another 20

(Swedish Freight Association, 2009). Rail's market share increases with the transport distance,

but road transport has increased its market share of all transport distance since 1987.

Figure 13 The market share for rail as a function of distance (Swedfreight, 2009).

On the domestic market intermodal transport is competitive to unimodal road transport over

400 km and for transportation in port hinterland relations 180-200 km. Hence, the market for

intermodal transport is limited and if we exclude existing rail and intermodal transport

volumes, a theoretical potential will be 61 million ton over 200 km, 32 million ton over 300

km, 21 million tons over 400 km and 13 million ton over 500 km. The theoretical potential for

significant increase of intermodal transport volumes is thus limited to the market on medium

distances, i.e.200-600 km. Over 600 km requires frequent change of drivers, or scheduled

Page 46: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 40

transport planning in order to use the drivers efficiently. Hence intermodal transport is used

on the long distances, except for transports of time scheduled deliveries.

.

Figure 14 The Swedish transport market as a function of transport distance. Sea transport is not

included (Source: Swedfreight, 2009).

3.3.5.3 Estimated future development

SIKA has a government commission to make forecasts for freight transportation and the

previous results were presented in 2005 (SIKA, 2005). The prediction estimated increasing

freight flows of high value products (by weight) by 55%, air freight by 74% and transports of

containers by 100% from 2001 to 2020. The changes for each transport mode were expected

to be: Road +18%, Rail +13%, Sea +20% and Ferry +38%. In the report SIKA point out that

there are some sources of significant errors. The oil/energy prices, costs for infrastructure

investments are two mentioned sources of errors, which affect transportation patterns.

The prognosis was questioned by the Swedish Rail Administration in a memo from 2008. The

Swedish Rail Administration (2008) compared the actual development between 1997 and

2007 with the forecast made by SIKA in 2005. The freight forecast for 2010 assumes an

increase for all modes of transport to be 25% and this is actually close to present development

(until 2007 was +20%). However, if the transport modes are studied separately, large

deviations might be found. In the figure below a trend projection for 2010 based on the years

1997-2007 is presented. The freight volumes of rail are significantly higher than the forecast

for 2010, while for Maritime the projections are good. The increase for road is below the

forecast for 2010. The projections were carried out before the recession in autumn 2008 and

hence before the sharp decline in freight volumes by rail, as well as for the whole transport

sector. The recession hit rail base volumes, the cyclical steel and paper industry, hard, and in

combination with a more stable price structure this led to a sharp downturn. Transport

volumes, except from containers via the Port of Gothenburg, fell by 25-30% (SIKA, 2010),

but has recovered and in Q1 2010 volumes are in line with the volumes before the recession.

Page 47: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 41

Figure 15 Trends regarding modal split on the Swedish transport market based on the prognosis

from 1997 (Source: Swedish Rail Administration, 2008).

The studies carried out by VTI / SIKA (for example, SIKA, 2008) differs in general from the

forecasts presented by the Swedish Rail Administration (Wajsman, 2008). The studies differ

mainly on:

The Swedish Rail Administration indicates that there is a significant surface of competition

between the modes, which is contradicted by results presented by VTI/SIKA. The latter

indicates that the modal shift is almost unaffected if the cost structure for a mode is changed.

This is completely inconsistent with Swedish Rail Administration‟s forecasts.

The results also reveal that the Swedish Infrastructure Authorities as well as VTI / SIKA on a

regularly basis underestimated the intermodal development in their forecasts. The

methodologies used do not include functions to depict the significant leaps resulting from

large transfers of shipments from road to intermodal transport solutions. This is clearly

present at the Swedish transport market where large shipping agencies as Maersk, large

shippers as Volvo, COOP, Stora-Enso and large forwarders as Van Dieren is starting to use

intermodal transport on a more strategic and regular basis than the previously.

Hence, the differences should be interpreted that there is a need to include more factors in the

analysis rather than focusing on infrastructure and cost structure as today. One neglected

group of factors is related to the organization of transport chains (transport strategies) and its

effects on the scale operation of intermodal flows. This cannot be modeled and thus not taken

into account in the prognosis.

Page 48: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 42

3.3.6 Intermodal freight transport in Switzerland

The modal share (rail, road, intermodal) has been estimated for the year 2003 (Rapp Trans

AG 2008). The result can be seen related to ton-kilometres and tons in the following table:

Figure 16 Modal Share of freight transport in 2003 (Rapp Trans, 2008)

Relating to the freight volume in tons the share of intermodal transport in the year 2003 was

5%. The highest share for intermodal transport is in transit with 40%. The share of intermodal

transport in Import/Export is around 5 to 10%. The share of intermodal transport in Swiss

internal transport is today less than 1 %. The main reason is the short distances in Switzerland

with usually below 250 km. So only in specific cases intermodal transport is used.

Figure 17 Road and rail freight volumes on the network 2000 (ARE)

Relating to the ton-kilometers the share of intermodal transport in the year 2003 was around

18%. The highest share for intermodal transport is in transit with around 45%. The share of

intermodal transport in Import/Export is around 8 to 13%. The share of intermodal transport

in Swiss internal transport is approx. 2 %.

Page 49: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 43

Road freight volumes are concentrated on the east-west axes and the biggest volumes are

around the bigger conurbations Zürich, Basel, Berne, Lausanne and Geneva. There are also

increasing transalpine flows using the Gotthard route.

Rail freight volumes are concentrated on the transalpine north-south corridor and on rail

connections to bigger conurbations (Import/Export).

3.3.6.1 Intermodal Import/Export Freight Flows

The most important import/export connections are to the north (Belgium, Netherlands,

Germany). Basel and Aarau do also have connections to the south (Italy). East-West

connections play until today not a big role.

Figure 18 Intermodal Import/Export transport (source: Rapp Trans AG 2007).

3.3.6.2 Intermodal transit freight flows

Since 1981 (opening of the Gotthard road tunnel) rail freight transport increased by 73% from

14.6 Mio tons to 25.3 Mio. tons per year. Whereas the pure rail transport decreased from 12.2

Mio tons in 1981 to 8.2 Mio tons in 2007, intermodal rail transport increased from 2.4 Mio

tons to 17 Mio tons per year. The share of intermodal rail compared to overall rail freight

increased from 15% to 67%. Main reasons for this development are:

Further increasing containerization

Reduction of served private sidings

Reduction of bulk transport

Increasing transport from and to seaports

Higher costs of pure rail transport (if single wagon or wagon group traffic)

Partly higher punctuality in intermodal transport than in pure rail freight transport.

Page 50: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 44

Figure 19 Development of Intermodal transit flows by rail (source: www.are.admin.ch).

The distances in intermodal transit through Switzerland is presented in the next figure:

Figure 20 Distances in intermodal transit transport through Switzerland (source: Rapp Trans AG

based on AQGV 2004).

Page 51: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 45

Figure 21 Modal share by commodities in transalpine transport (source: Rapp Trans AG based on

AQGV 2004).

In transalpine freight transport through Switzerland the distance classes between 200 and

1200 km are dominating. Especially important are the transports from the seaports in the

Netherlands, Belgium and Germany to northern Italy.

• With increasing transport distance the share of intermodal rail transport is increasing. The

share is between 5 and 85%.

In 2004 35 Mio tons of freight has been transported over the Swiss Alps with the following

distribution to commodity groups and modes:

• Depending on the commodity group the road share is between 5% (oil, mineral op products)

and 75% (Food and feeding-stuff).

• Intermodal rail freight has a high share for machinery, semi and finished products (ca. 55%),

for fertilizer (ca. 40%) and for chemicals (ca. 25%). Relating other commodity groups the

share is below 12%.

3.3.6.3 Inland Intermodal Freight Flows

In Swiss internal intermodal rail transport in 2008 3.1 Mio tons have been transported (Rapp

Trans AG, 2010). 50% of the volumes have been transported on distances below 100 km and

50% have been transported on distances over 100 km. ACTS containers are dominating on

short distances, post containers on medium distances and standard containers on long

distances. Cargo Domino containers are transported over short and medium distances.

Figure 22 Intermodal inland transport 2008 (source: Rapp Trans AG 2010).

The most important commodity groups are chemicals, construction/building materials and

waste transport.

Page 52: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 46

The most important Swiss internal transport connections begin or end in Aarau, Härkingen or

Daillens and goes to the south or to the west. Because the statistics is not complete for the

eastern part, there is no complete picture for the Swiss internal intermodal freight flows.

Figure 23 Intermodal inland transport 2008 (source: Rapp Trans AG 2010).

Page 53: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 47

3.3.7 Rolling Road in Europe

The share of rolling road on the continent is relatively small and has fluctuated considerably

over the years. In 2009 the rolling road counted for 14% of units transported by members of

UIRR, equivalent to 416 000 vehicles (UIRR, 2010). It is mainly in Austria, Switzerland and

the former Eastern European countries where the concept has penetrated the market supported

by road regulations as ban of trucks on evenings and weekends, closed tunnels or large

government subsidies. The concepts for rolling road has proven difficulties to reach a level of

profitability from a strict business perspective.

Only in former Russian countries, as Finland, and between Katowice and the Ukrainian

border the loading profile allows full trucks to be loaded onto standard flat wagons. In these

countries rolling road is competitive to road transport, especially since the road infrastructure

in the east leaves something to be desired. In all other parts of Europe special low-built rail

wagons need to be used to transport full trucks. .

As mentioned, UIRR-members transported some 416 000 trucks in 2009. A small number of

companies supply Rolling Road service and as shown in figure 4 the service through the Alps

dominate. The supply offered in Austria is operated by Ökombi, a subsidiary of Rail Cargo

Austria, and was implemented in 1983. Eight domestic and border crossing lines are served

in/between Austria and its neighbor countries, transporting 100 000 trucks domestically and

180 000 in border crossing transport in 2009 (UIRR, 2010). Ralpin is a joint venture between

HUPAC, Lötschbergbahn BLS, SBB and Trenitalia operating between Freiburg in Germany,

and Novara, Italy with 20 daily departures (Ralpin, 2008) carrying the 93 000 vehicles in

2009 (UIRR, 2010). Other UIRR members who operates rolling road is Adria-Kombi (15 000

trucks in 2009), Alpe Adria (11 500), Hungarokombi (13 000) and HUPAC (10 000 within

Switzerland).

Figure 5 shows a hump in the statistics from 2000 to 2004. This is mainly due to the closing

of several Tunnels through the Alps during the period. Mont Blanc tunnel was closed as after

a fire in March 1999 and not opened again until three years later. In recent years Rolling Road

has become more or less stagnant.

3.3.7.1 Rolling road in Austria

In Austria, compared to other countries except for Switzerland, accompanied intermodal

transport (RoLa) has maintained a major role for freight traffic. Between 1996 and 2002 RoLa

grew by 96%. In 2005, this market segment accounted for 26 per cent of Austria‟s total

intermodal volume. In that year accompanied traffic was recovering from a sharp decline of

the volume in the previous year, which had been a consequence of two impacts:

The eco-point system, which connected permits for road transit trips through Austria with the

level of the air pollution caused by the road vehicles employed, was suspended. The measure

had limited the number of truck journeys. If road operators wanted to perform more journeys

beyond the allocated quota they had to use rolling highway services as a by-pass solution.

After the enlargement of the European Union in May 2004 road operators established in the

new EC Member States no longer had to use rolling highway services in order to bypass quota

regulations of international road transport. As a consequence Ökombi and Kombiverkehr

Page 54: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 48

were forced to stop the Manching-Brennersee rolling highway service, which ranked top in

terms of shipments at that time.

During the year 2005 the market conditions for accompanied transport in Austria started to

improve as a result of, on the one hand, soaring fuel costs for goods vehicles, and, on the

other hand, a restructuring of subsidies of the Austrian government to accompanied

intermodal transport operators. The new scheme enabled Ökombi for example to launch a

new Wörgl-Brennersee service that offers road-comparative prices in spite of the

extraordinarily short distance. Wörgl-Brennersee was one of the two domestic rolling

highway services operated in 2005. The other, the Wels-Villach service, however, had to be

suspended meanwhile. 32,353 road vehicles were shipped on these services, in 2005,

conveying more than 1.1 million gross tons. In addition to that six international services of

accompanied intermodal traffic were supplied. In total almost 200,000 road vehicle journeys

were – partly - shifted from road to rail moving more than 6.1 million gross tons. In the first

half year of 2006 the constraints on international road freight traffic worsened. Fuel costs

continued to rise. In addition a shortage of truck drivers and transport capacity arose that led

to an increase of market price level. Against this background the intermodal operators were

able to intensify the frequency of some rolling highway services to cope with the increased

demand. Owing to that the Wörgl-Brennersee service has almost reached again the weekly

frequency of departures of the previous Manching-Brennersee rolling highway. Altogether the

volume of accompanied intermodal transport in Austria grew by 25 per cent in the first six

months of 2006 compared to the same period in 2005. The RoLa system often has been called

“unnecessary” and sometimes even “dead”, but has also recovered as often. In 2008, more

than 330.000 trucks were transported via the RoLa system in Austria.

Figure 24 Rolling road in Austria (Source: RailCargoAustria).

3.3.7.2 Rolling Road in Sweden

Attempts have been made to use Rolling Road in Sweden but the attempts have failed

depending on two conditions. In Sweden there are no subsidies for rolling road and 25.25

meter long road trains are not suitable to transport on RoLa wagons. Further information is

found in Bärthel (2011/b).

Page 55: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 49

Page 56: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 50

3.4 Demand side of the core of intermodal freight transportation

Intermodal transport systems demands large volumes to reach a competitive combination of

cost efficiency, transport quality and acceptable environmental features. The magnitude is

related to the frequency demanded by the system‟s customers, i.e. shippers, shipping

companies, forwarders or hauliers.

Sourcing of intermodal transport has traditionally occurred through the processes of market

exchange, where the transport operator (shipping company or rail operator) or its transport

service provider offers the transport service including terminal handling node-to-node (core

intermodal transport). The pre- or end haul is offered by a transport operator, who also

markets the transport door-to-door to the shipper. This approach to co-ordinate and

consolidate consignments is by Jensen (2008) denoted the traditional market based co-

ordination and consolidation mechanism and the major part of the intermodal freight flows are

coordinated and consolidated according to this mechanism.

The research of shippers choices, preferences and attitudes is limited in relation to all research

conducted within the field of passenger transportation (Lundberg, 2006), and thus there are a

number of rather reliable analytical models for passenger transport mode choices, where

choices on individual level is aggregated with a certain accuracy. The freight transport market

is more complex and choices of logistical and transport solutions are not as predictable as the

passenger transport market. One decision maker at one shipper makes an agreement based on

a large number of consignments and transports within a defined time frame with one or more

transport operators. This creates a more complex hierarchy of decisions more difficult to

analyze than the predictable choice within the field of passenger transportation. And thus the

potential for intermodal freight transport is closely linked to the strategic and tactical market

and logistical decisions made by each shipper.

Shippers sending or receiving full ILU:s (10-35 ton) take interest in the system, while

customers sending general cargo typically do not know or care how their shipments or

consignments are transported. Thus, the sole shipper seldom has enough volumes for full

trains between origin and destination, traditionally offered by the transport operator to reach

break-even. Since the normal shipment size is less-than-truck load (LTL) a number of

consignments from different shippers need to be consolidated in the same ILU. ILU:s from

different actors need to be coordinated and consolidated in the same train connection and

finally trains from different origin destination pairs need to be coordinated at dedicated nodes

to maintain market coverage with the prerequisite of acceptable frequency and preserved

economies- of scale in the trains and terminals - a complexity indispensable to handle for the

system designer or system operator.

For the intermodal freight transport customer it is a more complex task to tender an

intermodal transport solution than a unimodal transport service. In Scandinavia logistics

service providers or forwarders offer unimodal transport solutions and only few have

intermodal solutions in the standard portfolio. When a shippers turns to the LSP/forwarder the

shipper is offered a unimodal transport solution. The choice whether go unimodal or

intermodal is decided by the production/operational department at the main actor responsible

for the physical transport (Sommar, 2006). The shippers perceive this hierarchy of decisions

complex to get a hang of and would like an administrative quality leap in the tender process.

“We would just like to make a single phone call” (Storhagen et al, 2008).

Page 57: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 51

An important and growing potential for intermodal freight transport depends upon the large

shippers and logistics service providers strategic planning. These actors are either large

multinational manufacturing or trading companies; with large freight flows in wide spread

logistics networks between manufacturing units, and/or distribution units or large logistics

service providers with large flows in international transport networks. The strategic

inducement mechanisms to change to intermodal freight transport is the knowledge of the

increasing congestion, arising environmental and energy problems resulting in relatively more

expensive road transport prices and increased intermodal cost-quality ratio.

The above mentioned actors are large, but each individual actor has normally not got

sufficient volumes for competitive intermodal freight transport in specific relations. A recent

inkling of a new trend is the co-operation between large shippers and an agent to initiate,

develop and operate intermodal or co-modal transport systems or chains (Bergqvist, 2007 and

Storhagen et al 2008). This might result in different forms of relationships, partnerships or

consortiums. This phenomenon is denoted customer or agent initiated intermodal freight

transport systems (NL: collaborative hub networks).

The role of shippers in the Scandinavian intermodal freight transport system is largely

determined by the size and frequency of shipments.

The role of the forwarders, sometimes referred to as logistic service provider, is to act as

intermediary in the transaction between the shippers and transport service provider supplying

the physical transport and the transshipment. Forwarders supplying service for specific

demands from a multitude of shippers is denoted by Ohnell and Woxenius (2003) as proxy

customer. This is above all significant in the market for smaller shipments (less-than-truck

load) where the forwarder‟s consolidation terminals and transport system puts the transport

requirements and not the aggregated demands from shippers. Traditionally forwarders

perform activities such as physical and administrative consolidation of small consignments,

documentation, warehousing and supplying ILU:s. Ties to hauliers have traditionally been

very strong for the land transport systems, but increasingly the forwarders adapt a more traffic

mode neutral position.

Forwarders act on different market segments defined by the size of the consignments,

geography and type of ILU. Traditional forwarders, as DHL, Schenker and DSV, have a

history of close connection/relationship with the road hauliers. They use intermodal freight

transport on medium and long distances as a part of their regular service, where the

economical benefits for the hauliers are significant (at least 15-30 %), as reserve capacity, for

back haul of empty units and sometimes on shippers requests. These large forwarders attempt

to offer all types of services, through their wide spread transport and terminal network. This

service include parcels, general cargo, part loads and full truck loads, and the segment have

been characterized by mergers and acquisitions to form larger networks and market coverage

and today the German state is a big player on the Scandinavian market.

It should be noted, though, that there are vast differences in the forwarding role between the

national markets. In Germany, France and Sweden large traditional forwarders dominate

while Dutch forwarders, to a larger extent, have vehicles of their own combining the

forwarding and haulier roles. Italy and Spain have almost as many hauliers as lorries and lack

a forwarding level although the trend is to co-operate in different forms of alliances.

Page 58: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 52

Semi-trailer operators as Euroute, GT Spedition and N-Tex usually own semi-trailers and buy

the haulage service from small hauliers, short-sea shipping lines and intermodal operators.

These actors have consolidation terminals, however on a smaller scale than the traditional

forwarders since these actors primarily move part loads and full loads. Geographically, they

often specialize in transport between two countries and co-operate bilaterally with a similarly

focused forwarder.

The business orientation of the swap body operators, as Euroshuttle/Hangartner, is to

transport full loads directly between major industrial areas. The road haul cost of swap bodies

is higher than for semi-trailers and they are less suitable for RoRo shipping, which means that

this segment is most tightly connected to intermodal freight transport. There are large flows

from Scandinavia to Southern Germany, Austria and Italy based on the swap body

technology.

Container shipping lines and their shipping agencies have shown a particular interest in

extending their control to port operations and hinterland transport. Maersk is partner in

intermodal train operators, ERS, specializing on shuttles to and from the big ports; this have

recently emerged on the market in Scandinavia.

Besides information and communication technology (ICT) systems for controlling the flows,

resources controlled by forwarders are mainly general cargo terminals and ILUs.

Page 59: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 53

Page 60: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 54

3.5 European Intermodal operators

The combination of traffic modes implies that many actors are involved. The intermodal

operators are obviously of particular interest to this study. Under this heading a number of

similarly focused companies are clustered. Their size and scope in terms of range of activities

and controlled resources vary significantly but they share a central feature: they offer

terminal-to-terminal services, i.e. rail haulage and transshipment.

The European intermodal rail transport market is traditionally divided between companies

based upon rail and road transport respectively. Considering regulated monopolies and the

historic scope of concessions, the borderlines between market segments have been drawn

according to types of unit load and geographical markets. Due to transport policy deregulation

in the EU, this practice is now diminishing (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008).

In these chapters some of the main operators offering terminal-terminal service in a border

crossing network are presented. There are an increasing number of intermodal service

providers emerging on the European transport market. The traditional UIRR and ICF and the

new entrant European Rail Shuttle are presented together with the dominating actors in each

country. There are also other actors as TX Logistics, van Dieren, Hangartner offering border

crossing transport.

3.5.1 Background

The classic role of the railway companies has been to sell rail haulage between intermodal

terminals, to operate terminals and supply rail wagons. In addition, the railway companies

have owner interests in many of the other actor categories needed for producing intermodal

transport services.

When the container was introduced in the shipping industry during the 1960's the national

railway companies founded container transport companies in order to offer complementing

land transport. Intercontainer was founded for border-crossing transport and companies like

Transfracht in Germany and Compagnie Nouvelle de Cadres (CNC) in France were founded

for domestic transport. ICF and the national container companies have their base in the

transport of maritime containers to and from seaports, but they also offer transport of

containers, swap bodies and to some extent semi-trailers between inland terminals.

Forwarders and hauliers formed their own national intermodal transport companies such as

Kombiverkehr in Germany, Novatrans in France and HUPAC in Switzerland. The original

purpose of these organizations was to organize the transport services that the road-based

transport companies had concessions for. In the post-regulation days, they still arrange

intermodal services but due to the fact that most hauliers are Small- or Medium sized

Enterprises (SME:s), their role as a strong counterpart to the railways in negotiations is

significant. This goal is, however, rarely stated since the national railways usually hold a

minority share of the companies. The companies coordinate their international operations

through the organization UIRR, but several UIRR-companies, i.e. HUPAC, have extended the

network through mergers or extending their existing network. Thus there are O/D-relations

where the UIRR companies have overlapping networks.

Page 61: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 55

Many actors, not in the least the European Commission, did expect that new entrants would

emerge on the scene and start to offer intermodal services. However, high initial costs, large

economies of scale, lack of worked up market shares and the industry‟s currently low

profitability keep new entrants away. Also the lack of long-term transport policies discourages

private investments. The general trend, though, is that the already active European actors find

new markets or extend their service offers. The present actors have also formed alliances,

such as NDX, TARES and European Rail Shuttle3, in order to get access to critical resources

or worked up shipper contacts. These initiatives all aim for picking the cherries of intermodal

transport, e.g. the large-scale shuttles for transport between container ports and their

hinterland. Hence, such initiatives do not primarily capture market shares from road transport

but from existing intermodal services.

3.5.2 Intermodal Service Providers in Europe

In this chapter the main Intermodal Service providers offering continental (border crossing)

intermodal freight transport within Europe are presented. This description includes actors as

the UIRR developed by forwarders and hauliers within Europe, the Container freight

association ICF and new entrants on the market as European Rail Shuttle. The European Rail

shuttle is just one example of an emerging actor category. Other actors within the same

category are e.g. van Dieren and TX Logistics.

3.5.2.1 UIRR

Forwarders and hauliers formed their own national companies such as CEMAT (1953) in

Italy, Trailstar (1964) in The Netherlands, T.R.W. (1965) in Belgium, Novatrans (1966) in

France, HUPAC (1967) in Switzerland and Kombiverkehr (1969) in Germany (Wenger,

2001). The original purpose of these organizations was to organize the transport services for

which the road-based transport companies had concessions. Like ICF, the UIRR is

restructuring, mainly through mergers and acquisitions within the group and by the inclusion

of members from Eastern Europe. As a consequence of the deregulation of the transport

market, UIRR has changed its statutes and can now represent all independent intermodal

operators in matters like technological harmonization, development of telecommunications

and transport policy issues, also those with national railways as majority shareholders. So far,

these companies are welcome as associated members and CNC got this status in 1998. Today

UIRR has 17 active members and one associated member distributed over countries. The

national UIRR companies are described more in detail in the coming chapter describing the

organization of intermodal transport in the MINT countries.

The geographical business areas do not exactly follow national borders. This is due to

historical reasons since the UIRR has expanded with joint ventures in each national country

and border crossing transport has been arranged through strategic alliances. This has been the

origin of Cemat in Italy, founded by Hupac and Kombiverkehr; and the former Swe-Kombi in

Sweden, founded by Dan-Kombi and Kombiverkehr. Swe-kombi was discontinued in 2002.

The most important objectives for the UIRR, as a co-operation association are to facilitate co-

operation, represent the political interests of the intermodal transport companies and to create

positive publicity. All activities that "end up with an invoice" are subjects of the member

companies. The UIRR is financed by contributions from the member companies. Prices and

arrangements are decided by bilateral agreements between the national UIRR-companies and

Page 62: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 56

the railway companies involved. Hence, the national UIRR-companies act as wholesalers of

intermodal transport to forwarders and hauliers.

Table 5 The national UIRR-members.

Country UIRR Company Country UIRR Company

Austria ICA Italy Alpe Adria

Austria Ökombi Italy Cemat

Croatia Crokombi Netherlands HUPAC NV

Czech Republic Bohemia Kombi Poland Polzug

France Naviland Cargo Romania Rocombi

France Novatrans Slovenia Adria Kombi

Germany Kombiverkehr Spain Combiberia

Hungary HungaroKombi Switzerland HUPAC

Switzerland Ralpin

Some UIRR-companies, e.g., Novatrans and Hupac, operate terminals, most own rail wagons

while others, e.g., Swe-Kombi, act as down-right intermediaries. Hence, terminal equipment

and rail wagons are resources of some UIRR companies, but generally the only assets are the

administrative systems controlling the operations.

Based on volumes, the UIRR-family is the largest intermodal operator in Europe. The annual

growth of transport volumes has been 10-15 % since 2000, resulting in a national and

international flow of 4,5 million TEU of which 60% is border crossing transports (78 % of

transport work). The flows within and across the borders of Austria, Germany, France and

Italy embrace 95% of the transport work of UIRR. Average distance is 847 kms for

international flows and 600 for domestic flows. The international average distance has

decreased from 1990 to the beginning of 2000, due to increasing share of short range Rolling

Highway, but has increased significantly during the last decade. Swap bodies and containers

attained 78% of the consignments, semi-trailers only 8% and the Rolling Highway 14%. The

long term tendency clearly shows a significant decrease in number of semi trailers, but

increasing shares of swap bodies and rolling highway.

3.5.2.2 Intercontainer - ICF

ICF, co-operatively owned by European railway companies, is subject to Belgian law,

although the head office is located in Basel, Switzerland. It was established by a group of

national railway companies in 1967. The head office manages marketing, the procurement of

services, certain sales, customer liaison and invoicing, apart from strategic management. For

sales and production control purposes, ICF has representatives in each country of the network.

Comment: On December 2nd

, 2010 the company's stakeholders decided to discontinue with

the company. The effects on the different markets are so far unknown.

Intercontainer was a big player in Intermodal Transport in Europe with around 100 employees

and a turnover of approx. 140 MEuro (ICF, 2009). The transported number of TEU declined 5

% due to the recession to 397 000 TEU with an average transport distance of 1249 kms.

Approx. 50% is maritime traffic (port hinterland traffic) and 50% is continental transport.

The deregulations process in Europe initiated a long time period characterized by uncertainty

within ICF. One of the reasons was the EU regulation prohibiting the border crossing

container transport monopoly held by ICF. Some of ICF‟s owners have also had divergent

plans for the company. As an example Transfracht, subsidiary of DB Schenker, developed

Page 63: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 57

towards an equivalent competitor to ICF and hence the company has developed a strategy to

focus on development and operation of intermodal shuttles to and from East Europe (se next

figure). It might be mentioned that for a period there were plans to split ICF into five

geographically separated operational companies. Each one would be transferred to the

corresponding railway companies for the route in question.

Figure 25 ICF Network 2009 (source: www.icfonline.com).

On the maritime market, ICF offers container shuttles to and from the main ports of Europe

and the main customers are shipping lines and shipping agencies. But also here a new

competitive situation has aroused after the establishment of European Rail Shuttle owned by

Maersk. These companies compete for the same volumes.

From a network of block trains and wagon-group connections they changed the network

radically in 2006 towards a shuttle network with dedicated wagon sets. This was done

especially for economical reasons to reduce the yearly losses and to become profitable again.

The core business is long distance unaccompanied rail-road intermodal transport, especially

also to the east and south-east. The most important hub terminal is Sopron in Hungary.

Intercontainer Scandinavia

Intercontainer Scandinavia (ICS) was established in 1993, but it lasted until the year 2001

before ICS, in co-operation with the rail operator TGOJ, could start rail shuttles in port-

hinterland connections to and from the port of Göteborg. The system has expanded gradually

and in 2007 the sales amounted 127 million (-1.5 million). Even the transport volumes have

increased gradually from 70 000 TEU in 2005, 105 000 TEU in 2006 to 150 000 TEU in

2007. During the winter of 2008/09, the traditional container wagons were supplemented

with trailers to transport semi-trailer in certain relationships. Intercontainer Scandinavia acts

as an agent for the domestic flows in Sweden with TGOJ Trafik as rail operator. The

terminals are operated by terminal companies or local/regional hauliers.

The Scandinavian Shuttle Network, presented in the following figure, is based on three main

hubs, Göteborg, Helsingborg and Västerås with spokes to terminals in Borlänge, Eskilstuna

Gävle, Helsingborg, Norrköping, Södertälje. Imports is transported to the consumer areas as

Södertälje, Eskilstuna, Västerås and Norrköping,. The empty containers are repositioned by

Page 64: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 58

train to export regions, as Gävle, Norrköping and Borlänge, where the containers are loaded

and finally transported to the Port of Göteborg. The main customer is Maersk, a shipping line

using rail shuttles for 60-80 % of their hinterland shipments to and from the port of Göteborg.

Of course, Maersk have a strong influence on the design of the intermodal network. and their

opinions are largely characterizes the construction of the network. The last extension was the

shuttle between from Göteborg and Vaggeryd. The traffic is conducted through cooperation

between Intercontainer, PGF Hauliers and Logistics Partner Sweden.

During 2008/09 a frequent connection from Helsingborg to Wanne (Germany) was

introduced, thus linking the Scandinavian Network to the European. The link is operated by

Intercontainer Basel and the base volume consists of trailers from the haulier Nils Hansson

and containers from the forwarder Van Dieren Maritime. The capacity is 70 TEU five days a

week with an initial average occupancy of 70-80%. Lead time for the trip is 12-14 hours and

the international rail operator is DB Schenker.

Intercontainer Austria

Intercontainer Austria (ICA) is the Austrian market leader for international container

hinterland services. Most of the services are supplied in partnership with the German

intermodal operator Transfracht. The major gateways to domestic services are the terminals

Enns, Graz, Linz, Salzburg, Villach, Wels and Vienna. By far the largest percentage maintains

the terminal of Salzburg, although Vienna seems to be very close or maybe bigger in 2008.

ICF Switzerland

There are no Swiss internal intermodal connections operated by ICF. Important intermodal

connections from/to Switzerland are: (1) Rotterdam (NL) – Basel and Zurich/Niederglatt

(CH) (Rhine and Limmat Shuttle), (2) Hamburg (DE) – Rekingen and Frenkendorf (Swiss

Hansa Shuttle), (3) Melzo (IT) – Zurich/Niederglatt (CH) (Melzo – Zurich Shuttle), (4)

Wolfurt (AT) – Rekingen (CH) (Austria Shuttle) and (5) Wolfurt (AT) – Frenkendorf (CH)

(Austria Shuttle).

3.5.2.3 European Rail Shuttle (ERS)

European Rail Shuttle (ERS) was established as a joint venture between Maersk Sealand, P &

O Nedlloyd by Railion Benelux rail operator in 2001. The company uses Rotterdam as a hub

in a network linking the port to inland terminals in Germany, Austria, Belgium, Poland,

Hungary, the Czech Republic and Italy. In 2009 the company operated a network of more

than 280 trains per week in Central Europe. In Sweden ERS only operates one dedicated train

for Korsnäs. The transported volume was almost 650 000 TEU in 2008. Volumes in Europe

have been built up in competition with the ICF and Transfracht and a contributing factor has

been the reduction of direct calls to Italian ports.

Page 65: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 59

Figure 26 ERS network (Source: ERS).

3.5.3 Supply Side of intermodal transport in Austria

The key actor in Austria‟s domestic intermodal transport is Rail Cargo Austria (RCA), ÖBB‟s

rail freight subsidiary. It fulfils multiple tasks as the provision of rail traction services, the

supply of a rail production system for intermodal transport services, being a intermodal

transport operator and being a intermodal transport terminal operator. In 2008 RCA bought

the Hungarian MAV Cargo and is starting to become a major player in Eastern Europe

(Schmidt 2009).

RCA is not the only, but by far the biggest EVU – “Eisenbahnverkehrsunternehmen” (train

operating company) in Austria. There exist several others (Schauerte 2009), but they are

mostly much smaller and normally only have a very local function. Only two companies are

German based, again two others belong to the ÖBB – the holding of the Austrian railway

system. About 95 per cent of the total domestic intermodal volume in 2005 was carried on

RCA trains. In 2008 this number sank to around 91%, so the other EVUs are gaining market

share (Schauerte 2009).

This production scheme is an “open” system, which, in 2005, has mainly been used by the

intermodal operators Intercontainer Austria, Ökombi and Kombiverkehr but is also available

to other customers, forwarding agents in particular. In this respect Rail Cargo Austria acts as a

intermodal transport operator in its own right. With this production system Rail Cargo Austria

serves both continental shipments and maritime containers in hinterland transport though

domestic container hinterland transport, in the original meaning of the word, is impossible in

Austria owing to the lack of a direct sea access.

Page 66: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 60

Figure 27 Left EVUs and right market shares for freight trains in Austria 2008.

Intercontainer Austria (ICA) clearly is the market leader for international container hinterland

services. Most of the services are supplied in partnership with the German intermodal

operator Transfracht. The major gateways to domestic services are the terminals Enns, Graz,

Linz, Salzburg, Villach, Wels and Vienna. By far the largest percentage maintains the

terminal of Salzburg, although Vienna seems to be very close or maybe even bigger in 2008.

Domestically, nearly all maritime containers are conveyed on Rail Cargo Austria„s multi-

purpose domestic trains. A special case is for example a block train service between the

terminals Enns and St. Michael, which is operated by Wiener Lokalbahn (WLB) and is a

dedicated service for one customer operating in the mining industry.

3.5.4 Supply Side of intermodal transport in Germany

Sitting at the crossroads of the European continent and being at the same time the single

biggest market in Europe Germany is logically the strategic location of a number of leading

players in the European intermodal market. Since intermodal transport started in Germany in

1969 two intermodal service providers had dominated the market. These are Kombiverkehr

regarding European transport links and Transfracht regarding container hinterland transport

from the two biggest German ports in Bremerhaven and Hamburg. Since liberalization of the

railway market started to have effects in the market about 15 further operators have grown

significantly mainly on the north-south axis in the hinterland of the German ports and from

Scandinavia to Northern Italy. The biggest competitors in Germany to the established

operators closely linked to Deutsche Bahn AG are boxXpress.de GmbH jointly owned by

Eurogate Intermodal, ERS and TX Logistics, Necoss (Rhenus, EVB, Acos), DHL Freight,

Hellmann, Baltic train (Kali transport) and Pedersen, which does not mean that they do not

make often use of traction service from DB AG. In addition a number of logistic service

providers are starting own links mostly based on company trains transporting goods unusual

to rail like beer. On international links other operators like Hupac, Optimodal, Metrans and

Polzug serve a specific corridor or like Ambrogio and Hangartner serve a limited number of

big costumers. There a two remaining Alpine crossing links for accompanied transport of full

trucks on Rolling Road (RoLa) one from Regensburg harbour served by Ökombi through

Austria and the other from Freiburg (Breisgau) served by Ralpin through Switzerland, both

subsidized by the transferred Alpine states.

3.5.4.1 Intermodal Service Providers

The biggest operator Kombiverkehr, owned to almost half by 230 logistic and transport

service provider and by DB Mobility Logistics AG, concentrating on European cargo

transported in 2008 in their European network a volume of 1,021 Millionen consignments,

just 2 % more than in the previous year. The national portion has accumulated to 6.469

million tons or 3.309 billion tonkilometer.

During 2000 Kombiverkehr introduced a network traffic system, the KombiNetz 2000+ to

offer freight forwarders and hauliers high quality service, between 60 terminals produced by

26 trains. The aim is to provide fast overnight service in Germany and increasing the quality

in gateway service through linking the German national and the international networks,

effective quality management through close co-operation with DB Schenker AG (owning half

of Kombiverkehr) and DB Netz and provide good connections to the ferries to Scandinavia.

Page 67: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 61

The second biggest operator is Transfracht, owned half by DB Mobility Logistics AG and by

HHLA Intermodal GmbH, transported about 990.000 TEU in 2008. Its hinterland transport

system of the German ports Bremerhaven and Hamburg is named Albatros Network covering

Germany, Switzerland and Austria. To serve all container terminals in the ports economically

the network is based on the hub at the biggest shunting yard in Europe at Maschen south of

Hamburg. Direct links had been introduced as well where full train volume is available

between a single port terminal and a hinterland terminal, but this has shrunk to just one in the

economical crisis in 2008/2009.

Figure 28 KombiNetz 2000+ (left) and Albatros network DE/AT/CH (right).

As liberalization went into force the market for private container hinterland operators has

grown enormously since 2001. To be named are boxXpress, owned by Eurogate Intermodal

GmbH, European Rail Shuttle and TX Logistics GmbH transporting 381.000 TEU in 2008

and Necoss owned by Rhenus, EVB and Acos transporting 110.176 TEU in 2008. But also

the Neutral Triangle Train NTT operated by Eurogate, Rhenus, ACS and EVB Zeven between

the terminals in the port of Bremerhaven and Hamburg has contributed with 230.517 TEU.

Baltic Train (Kali Transport) links central Germany to the ports transporting 51.000 TEU also

on the spot market as well a Konrad Zippel with 120.000 TEU in 2008. For the purpose of

connecting Central and Eastern European countries to the German ports companies like

Polzug (155.000 TEU), Metrans (456.000 TEU) and CSKD Intrans (138.000 TEU).

A special niche in Germany are train links from inland waterway ports to rail-road-terminals.

Especially Duisburg is serving as a hub between barge connections from Antwerp and

Rotterdam and trains to numerous places in Germany, Poland, Hungary and Austria. A barge

operator has prolonged its reach from Mannheim to Stuttgart and Ulm. The BASF factory is

linked to the DP World terminal Germersheim at the Rhine connecting to barge services to the

ARA ports as the factory has no barge container terminal available at its plant.

Another niche are overnight transport links given priority with a maximum speed of 140 km/h

for some clients like DHL Freight and Hellmann connecting North and South Germany.

Page 68: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 62

Conventional trains fully managed by logistic service provider like Ambrogio, Hangartner,

Emons, and Pedersen connect Germany with its neighboring countries.

But in the first quarter of the year 2009 the transport volume of intermodal transport in

Germany had decreased by 18,6 % in terms of tons and 15,8 % in terms of TEU relative to the

same period of the previous year. In comparison the total rail freight volume had a much

higher loss.

3.5.5 The supply side of Intermodal transport in Norway

The intermodal network in Norway is primarily operated by the Cargo Net A/S, but also by

other rail operators as Green Cargo and Hector Rail. The last mentioned offer border crossing

services between Sweden and Norwegian terminals. There is also cooperation between Cargo

Net and TX Logistics, since TX Logistics is not authorized to operate the Norwegian network.

3.5.5.1 Intermodal Service Providers – Cargo Net A/S

Cargo Net, the former Cargo division of the Norwegian Rail Authority, is the largest

intermodal service provider on the Nordic transport market. During 2005 Cargo Net and the

Swedish intermodal operator RailCombi merged and hence the merged operator became a

network wide operator for the Scandinavian intermodal market. The merged company is

owned 55% owned by Norwegian State Railways, NSB, and to 45% by Green Cargo.

The business concept is to promote, produce and develop intermodal transport operators, rail

operators, freight forwarders and logistics companies in domestic and international traffic.

Cargo Net is investing in intermodal transport systems and supply transport with the aim to

provide transport for high value products to meet customers' requirements. The operators

argue that the wagon loads do not meet customer demands for quality and flexibility.

Cargo Net has since the change in strategy shown strong growth with growth rates of 14-20 %

yearly. As a result, the company has a market share of the major relationships in Southern

Norway on 30-50% and in North Norway 80%. The turnover in 2006 was 1 500 MNOK (+27

MNOK). Number of employees has fallen sharply. The company had 860 employees

including 160 in Sweden, in 2008.

The market strategy is to maintain and develop a linked Nordic network and to provide

transport between all major population and industrial centers in the Nordic countries as well

as between Scandinavia and the Continent in alliances with UIRR companies. The aim is not

to compete with shipping rather to focus on transferring freight from road to intermodal

freight through a supply of high quality service offering time quality and frequency. The

target is a supply of at least 2-3 trains on each link, an average speed of 70 km/h and a time

precision of 90% (+/- 15 min). Today, Cargo Net offers domestic intermodal connections with

an average speed of 70 km/h, while the international ones offer an average speed of around 50

km/h. Hence, the exception, the famous international Arctic Rail Express (ARE), has an

average speed of 74 km/h and a time precision of over 90 % (+/- 15). Compared to the 67 %

offered in the border crossing transport from Norway to Germany (+/- 120 min) ARE is an

exception on the European intermodal market. The diverging time windows in the border

crossing transport services is related to international problems, but affects the trust for

intermodal freight transport among all transport service providers using Cargo Net

domestically. Hence, the international service was closed. Nowadays, the carriers use the TT-

Page 69: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 63

Line or Cargo Nets connection from Malmö to Duisburg. The lack of quality in Europe is due

to shortage of infrastructural capacity and lack of engine drivers.

Internationally, the company strives towards improved quality of transport through strategic

alliances with the intermodal company Kombiverkehr German and Swiss HUPAC. These

companies are working on similar basis as Cargo Net. For the border crossing transports the

terminal in Malmö is used as a gateway in order to separate the international and the

Scandinavian production system.. Here, the load units are transshipped instead of shunted or

marshaled. A direct connection between Malmo - Duisburg was established in 2005 in

cooperation with Kombiverkehr. The 918 km long stretch cut of 13.5 hours, giving an average

speed of 68 kilometers per hour. Cargo Net indicates that volume growth in the O/D relation

is good. The bulk of the international volumes use Malmo as a gateway and the introduction

of direct train over the Øresund Bridge has been a time saver of around four hours. Previously

the ferries were used as marshalling yards, and it means that companies will save a wagon set

and avoid cross-border management issues. The strategic aim is to increase speed and

reliability in the border crossing transport chains to 70 km/h and with a time precision of over

90 %. This will be done in cooperation with Kombiverkehr and HUPAC.

3.5.6 The supply side of Intermodal transport in Sweden

The supply side of the intermodal freight transport market has traditionally divided between

companies based upon rail and road transport respectively. Considering regulated monopolies

and the historic scope of concessions, the borderlines between market segments have been

drawn according to types of ILU and geographical markets (Bukold, 1996). Due to the

deregulation of the transport market in Sweden, this practice is now diminishing.

The classic role of the rail operators has been to sell rail haulage between intermodal

transshipment terminals. They also operate terminals and supply rail wagons. In addition, the

railway companies have owner interests in virtually all of the other actor categories needed

for producing intermodal freight services.

3.5.6.1 Intermodal service providers

In 2002 the Scandinavian markets were dominated by the rail operator Green Cargo and NSB

Gods, complemented by the subsidiary RailCombi as intermodal service provider. Ten years

later the market has changed radically. The market is still dominated by these actors, but the

market shares have decreased from 95 % towards 60 %. Today all former authorities carry all

types of ILUs. The national freight operator n Norway Cargo Net (former NSB Gods) have

merged with the Swedish Intermodal operator, RailCombi, and together they offer intermodal

transport in a network wide scale. Green Cargo has implemented its own intermodal service

and offers this partly in competition with Cargo Net. Today, Hector Rail - a comet in the

industry, should be added.

Green Cargo

The company Green Cargo AB was established in 2000/01 when the national rail operator, the

Swedish State Railways, SJ, was split into several independent companies. Green Cargo,

today one of Sweden's largest Transport and Logistics Companies, has undergone an

extensive structural rationalization and market orientation. The company is continuously

working with its internal and external efficiency and quality to meet customer requirements.

Page 70: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 64

Hans Paridon, Green Cargo Road (2008), stated that today‟s domestic rail transport today is

“quality secured”.

The business strategy is to offer competitive logistics solutions meeting high standards of

safety, quality and environment. The goal is, in-house or in strong alliances, to offer and

gradually develop a range of logistics services, i.e. to label the company as a logistics

company who takes full responsibility for customers' logistics activities. The company has

thus ambitions to be a significant player in the transport market or to be able to offer pure

transport services.

The company offers intermodal transportation terminal to terminal and door-to-door in a large

number of O/D-relations. The service is especially designed for smaller flows (block trains),

where the wagons and wagon groups is directed through Green Cargo‟s conventional wagon

load system, i.e. offering a high market coverage, but not as fast lead times as the operator

Cargo Net. A strategy to be an important player on the Swedish transport market for

intermodal transports was established during 2006, but it took until the end of 2007 before the

first major contract with ICA and COOP was signed. The amount of TEUs in 2007 was

170 000.

Hector Rail

Hector Rail was founded in the autumn 2004 with the investment company Höegh Capital

Partners as a financier. The target is to create a network for freight trains between various

destinations in Scandinavian and between Scandinavia and the Continent. The market for the

railway company is freight forwarders and cargo owners with sufficient volume to fill a full

train. Hence the company transfers the risk to fill a train to its customers.

The company's turnover has had a strong growth since its establishment in autumn 2004. A

yearly growth rate of 50% since 2005 has entailed a market share of 6-9 % on the Swedish

Transport Market. Turnover is 300-350 million.

3.5.6.2 New entrants on the Swedish market

Intermodal operators entering the Swedish market has mainly focused on the oversee

container transport segment, but also, increasingly, trailer transport to and from the European

continent. However, there is no actor that offers domestic intermodal door-to-door. There are

clear shortcomings in the intermodal service supply from the road forwarders/hauliers (as DB

Schenker, DHL and DSV) and the rail operator Green Cargo Intermodal supply is focused on

the rail production and not on the door-to-door solutions.

There are several intermodal operators supplying intermodal service and today there are 8-10

rail operators providing rail traction. The newer companies have found niche markets to

transport containers to and from our major ports, but now also cross-border shipments of

semi-trailer and container freight. Hector Rail and ICS are two newcomers who have

challenged the older companies, forcing them to improve cost, quality and support services.

There have been regional companies, as Tågåkeriet and Midcargo, who has a flexible

production organization and can, in close cooperation with customers find logistical solutions

to short and medium-long transport distances.

The growth of intermodal container transport from port to hinterland has been supported by

increased cooperation between local truck operators, terminal operators and smaller railway

Page 71: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 65

companies. These companies in cooperation with an intermodal operator have created new

competitive transport products with competitiveness towards road transport down to 150-200

km. The new organizational structure shows that intermodal transport is competitive at the

right organizational structure and with the right tools for marketing. Local cooperation among

equal and regional operators reduces competition and increase opportunities for cooperation.

The difficulty for new players entering the market is to make available terminal slots and

attractive scheduling modes, as this principle is still in the methodology of "grand fathers-

right". New transparent rules have been called for a long time by carriers, transport buyers

and intermodal operators.

Another barrier is the lack of access to modern locomotives (diesel and electric locomotives).

The investment cost of electric locomotives is 25-35 million, which is a huge amount for a

smaller company. To cope with these investments an increased cooperation between transport

buyers - intermodal operators and railway companies would be desirable to provide continuity

and economic opportunities for the railway company to make the right investment with the

goal of a sustainable transport system.

3.5.6.3 Terminal operators

Most terminals are operated by actors, who also maintain other roles, but increasingly by

dedicated terminal operators. In line with the Dry Port concept, local and regional hauliers

have expanded their services to inland terminal handling in a large scale These organizations

consist of local companies operating a single terminal, often with local authorities, rail or

intermodal operators, hauliers and dominant shippers as co-owners.

Location and service supply at intermodal terminals will be critical factors in the future. The

intermodal terminal needs to be developed towards a logistical node where intra-urban and

inter-urban transportation is coordinated. At the terminal local, regional, national and

international consignments are coordinated and consolidated to increase resource utilization in

distribution and long haul activities. Shipments in different distances and transport modes

need to be efficiently cross docked, stored and transshipped. Thus, we have a future planning

problem and to facilitate increased intermodality a joint planning process for increased

efficiency in planning logistical structures and activities is needed.

The way the intermodal freight transport providers approach the shippers varies depending on

whether the service is domestic or international and also on the history and strategies of the

intermodal operators. Green Cargo offer their services to shippers or intermediaries, while the

Cargo Net, the regional shuttle operators and ICS offers their services only to proxy

customers, as the shipping companies and the forwarders. Thus, most of the new entrants

strictly limit their offers to forwarders, shipping agencies and hauliers. On demand, the former

operators offer PPH while the latter ones leave this to their customers. The railways do not

often maintain a forwarding role to offer door-to-door intermodal freight transport.

The deregulation of the Scandinavian intermodal freight transport system has decreased the

implementation barriers for intermodal systems. This problem needs to be handled on a

strategic, tactical as well as operational level including new organization and new forms or

channels for communication between the system‟s stakeholders and users.

On a strategic level an organizational form based on neutral forums has been established on

local and regional levels to increase co-operation and communication between local/regional

Page 72: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 66

authorities, transport authorities and transport operators/shippers. This new organization has

other opportunities to discuss and plan infrastructure and development plans through a change

from sequential plans towards parallel development plan.

3.5.6.4 Summary

In the following table the actors offering intermodal freight transport in Sweden is presented.

In the left column the intermodal activities are listed and in the right column the

corresponding resources. The activities offered by each actor, with corresponding resources

are depicted in the table as D for domestic, I for international and SI for international

occasionally.

Page 73: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 67

Table 6 The Swedish Intermodal operators and their activities.

Activitie

s/A

cto

rs

Green Cargo Intermodal

Green Cargo Light-combi

Green Cargo Dry Port Shuttles

Cargo Net

Intercontainer Scandinavia

Vänerexpressen/Mälarpendeln

SCT

Svensk Logistik Partner

North Rail

European Rail Shuttle

Euroshuttle/Hangartner

Railion Scandinavia

Hector Rail

TX Logistik

MidCargo

TGOJ Trafik

Tågfrakt AB

RailCare

Tågåkeriet i Bergslagen AB

Port authorities

Regional terminal operators

Private siding terminals (shippers)

Acto

r/Respurc

es

Pre

/End h

aula

ge

DD

DD

DI

Road trs

p e

quip

.

Term

inal T

ranship

ment

DD

DD

/ID

DD

DD

DTerm

inal w

equip

.

Term

inal L

ogis

tics S

ervic

es

DD

DD

LS

- facilitie

s

Term

inal O

pera

tional S

ervic

es

DD

D/I

DD

DD

DTS

equip

ment

Rail h

aula

ge

DD

DI

DI

DI

DD

DD

DTim

e s

lots

Mark

et to

ship

pers

DD

DD

ID

DD

DD

IM

ark

etin

g s

yste

m

Mark

et to

Pro

xy c

usto

mers

DD

DD

/ID

ID

DD

DD

IM

ark

etin

g s

yste

m

Coord

inate

/arra

nge IF

TD

DD

II

Adm

syst fo

r tot IF

T

Coord

inate

/arra

nge C

ore

IFT

DD

DD

/ID

ID

DD

DD

IA

dm

syst fo

r Core

IFT

Supply

ILU

:sD

DI

Unit lo

ads

Supply

Rail w

aggons

DD

DD

/SI

DI

ID

ID

ID

DD

DD

Rail w

aggons

Supply

Rail e

ngin

es

DD

DI

DI

DI

DD

DD

DR

ail e

ngin

es

Launched

2008

1998

2002

1992

1993/2001

1998/2004

2006

2008

2008

2008

1991/2006

2008

2005

2005

1996/2004

1988

2006

1992

1994

2004

Clo

sed

2001

Page 74: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 68

3.5.7 The supply side of Intermodal transport in Switzerland

The intermodal market consists of several actors based in Switzerland. The most important

intermodal service providers are HUPAC (based in Chiasso) and ICF (based in Basel). Ralpin

provides Rolling Motorway services. ACTS AG and RhB provide intermodal services using

the roll on/roll off technology or the horizontal transshipment technology. Interregio-Cargo is

a new player which started an intermodal liner train service in summer 2009.

The terminal operation is fragmented. Important terminal operators are Swissterminal AG,

HUPAC, SBB Cargo and RhB. For more regional terminals there are further smaller players.

Pre- and End haulage is mostly carried out by national, regional and local hauliers. Some also

use the intermodal service for some of their consignments (e.g. Hangartner, Bertschi, Drei).

Table 7 Intermodal actors based in Switzerland. (P) = Private Terminal.

HU

PA

C

ICF

SBB

Car

go

BLS

Car

go

Ral

pin

Inte

rreg

io-C

argo

Swis

s Te

rmin

al A

G

AC

TS A

G

SBB

Infr

a

BLS

Infr

a

Rh

B

Han

gart

ner

Ber

tsch

i AG

Gie

zen

dan

ner

Swis

s P

ost

Terz

ag

Terc

o

BM

T A

G

Zin

gg

Eber

har

d

Ern

st A

uto

Tra

nsp

ort

AG

Dre

ier

Leim

bgr

ub

er

Gab

erel

l

Intermodal Service Providor X X (X) X X X X X

Terminal operator X X X X X (P) X (P) X (P) X X X

Railway operator X X X (X) X

Pre- and Endhaulage operator (X) X X X X X X X X X X X

Railway infrastructure managers X X X

Intermodal system suppliers

Because of the free access to the railway network more and more railway operators and

intermodal services providers based in other countries provide intermodal transport through

and from/to Switzerland. The following figure shows the market share in intermodal

transalpine traffic in 2005. 15 intermodal operators provide services for over 60 destinations.

Table 8 Market share in intermodal transalpine transport in 2005 (Source: Rapp Trans 2006).

Page 75: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 69

3.5.7.1 HUPAC

The Hupac Group based in Chiasso (Switzerland) is a European wide intermodal operator

with a share capital of 13 million EUR and a turnover of almost 370 million EUR per year

(annual report 2008). The company with over 400 employees operates a shuttle net for

continental and maritime inland services (95% of the turnover) and a Rolling Motorway

Service (5%). Hupac tries to reach best quality with consequent operational optimization.

HUPAC Ltd. was established in 1967 and is owned by 72% by carriers and 28% by railways.

HUPAC runs one of the biggest intermodal networks in Europe. They are partner in the UIRR

(International Union of intermodal road-rail transport companies).

Hupac has established a European intermodal shuttle network and supply its customers with

three alternative services for intermodal transport:

Continental services: terminal-to-terminal transport connections between Europe's

major economic areas.

Maritime inland services: Inland transport from/to ports in the Mediterranean and in the

North Sea additional delivery services, also called maritime land bridge.

Figure 29 HUPAC Intermodal Network 2009 (source: www.hupac.ch).

The core business of HUPAC is the transalpine connections. In the last years they started to

build up new services to the east, to the north and to France. Today there are more than 110

Page 76: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 70

trains a day connecting intermodal terminals. The most important hub terminal is Busto

Arsizio close to Milan.

Hupac also offers a Rolling Road service for fast transalpine connections.

HUPAC use mostly its own operated terminals (today 10). At these terminals HUPAC can

handle every type of container which is used in general in intermodal transport. Hupac is

using partly own resources containing railway wagons, main line locomotives and shunting

locomotives. Hupac invests in own resources mainly to be independent.

Important intermodal connections from/to Switzerland are: (1) Antwerpen – Basel/Aarau, (2)

Köln – Aarau and (3) Busto Arsizio – Basel. Important Swiss internal intermodal connections

are; (1) Chiasso – Aarau and (2) Aarau – Visp.

The provision of Rolling Motorway services is politically driven and subsidized. HUPAC

provides a transalpine service from Basel to Lugano.

Figure 30 HUPAC Rolling Motorway Network (source: www.hupac.ch).

3.5.7.2 New Entrants in Switzerland

There are further intermodal services from/to and within Switzerland. Worth to be mentioned

are the following services:

RALPIN, a joint venture between SBB Cargo, Trenitalia, BLS and HUPAC provides daily

Rolling Motorway Services between Freiburg (Germany) and Novarra (Italy).

Another player dealing besides railway and road transport with intermodal transport is

Hangartner. It is a logistics and transport service provider based in Aarau (Switzerland). The

core business in intermodal transport covers north-south connections between Scandinavia,

Finland, Germany, Switzerland and Italy.

SBB Cargo provides intermodal door-to-door services within Switzerland. Operational it is

integrated either in the single wagon load traffic network with 323 delivery points and 32

transshipment points or the express network. At the transshipment points conventional swap

bodies/standard loading units (vertical transshipment with cranes and reach stackers) and/or

Cargo Domino containers (horizontal transshipment equipment) are handled.

Page 77: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 71

The ACTS AG provides intermodal services based on the ACTS technology on the normal

gauge railway network. They are not based on shuttle trains but on wagon groups and single

wagon traffic.

The RhB provides intermodal services within the canton of grison based on conventional

swap bodies/standard containers and the ACTS technology on the small gauge railway

network. They are not based on shuttle trains but on wagon groups and single wagon traffic.

They also use mixed passenger and freight trains.

Interregio-Cargo started an east-west intermodal liner train service in summer 2009 between

Felsberg-St. Margrethen-Frauenfeld-Härkingen-Daillens. The loading capacity of the train is

26 TEU. The trains are as fast as passenger trains, which reduces the capacity conflicts on the

network.

3.5.8 Leasing companies

So far most of the rolling stock has been supplied by the rail or intermodal operators, but there

is a clear tendency towards avoiding large investments by using leasing companies offering

engines and wagons. A clearer actor role concerning rail traction is also distinguishable with

many small rail companies, often with a short-line origin..

Page 78: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 72

Page 79: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 73

3.6 Intermodal terminals and terminal networks

In this chapter the intermodal terminals forming the intermodal networks are presented. Each

presentation begins with a general presentation of the terminal network. This is followed by a

detailed description of the terminals, based on the survey send out within the MINT project.

Finally for some countries a discussion about the accessibility to intermodal transport

supports the general discussion about terminal and terminal networks.

3.6.1 Terminal network in Austria

Intermodal transport in Austria contains transport on inland waterways and transport by rail.

However, intermodal transport on the Danube is a negligible quantity. On the Danube, the

same number of containers is transported per year as are transported on the Rhine everyday.

The Austrian road network has a total length of 106 987 kilometers, thereof 2 050 km can be

considered high level motorways (Bmvit 2007).The Austrian Rail transport network has a

total length of 6.272 km, including 266 tunnels. It is a Hub and spoke network with 8 hubs,

104 feeding nodes and 541 dispatching nodes. Included in this numbers are 17 terminals for

intermodal transport. According to Schmidt (2009), this network allows for more than

280.000 different connections in the above described “Einzelwagenverkehr”-system.

Figure 31 Austrian transport Network; left rail and right road (BMVIT, 2007).

Of course, this number is purely hypothetical. In reality, bottlenecks in the railway system

steer the number of possible trains in the network. The figure from DIOMIS (2006) shows the

Capacity load of Austria‟s rail network caused by domestic intermodal rail/road transport as

predicted for the year 2015. It is very clear to see, that the east-south axis from Vienna to

Villach (and further to Koper or Italy) is nearly unused compared to the east-west or north-

south axis. Of course this is due to demand for transport on this relation, but also to the

bottlenecks of the rail tracks going through part of the Alps.

3.6.1.1 Intermodal terminals in Austria

In Austria there are 17 terminals for intermodal transport, whereas one is only used for RoLa

purposes (Wörgl) and 4 others (Hall, St.Pölten, Lambach and Kapfenberg) are very small and

only have local or regional functions. The picture from Bmvit (2007) shows the location of all

Austrian terminals and their connection to the road and rail network as well as to the Danube.

Page 80: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 74

Figure 32 Austrian intermodal terminals

The table below gives a detailed overview on general information, connections to different

intermodal modes in the terminals and their properties as well as services offered.

Table 9 Overview of Austrian terminals

Page 81: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 75

Table 10 Terminals in Austria including handling volumes and capacity restraints.

Region Terminal Handling volume Terminal capacity Unit

Kärnten Villach 59200 70000 TEU

Niederösterreich Krems

24600 110000 TEU

St Pölten TEU

Oberösterreich

Linz

326800 617000

TEU

Weelx TEU

Enns TEU

Lambach TEU

Salzburg Salzburg 90000 125000 TEU

Steiermark Graz

125000 190000 TEU

S:t Michaels TEU

Tirol Hall 21200 35000 TEU

Vorarlberg Bludenz

54600 81000 TEU

Wolfurt TEU

Wien Wien Freudenau

159600 176000 TEU

Wien Nordwest TEU

The table above shows the actual handling volumes and capacities (measured in loading units,

not in TEU) of the Austrian terminals on an aggregated level for each federal state of Austria

for the year 2005. Compared with recent numbers we received in 2008 in a field study, the

actual handling volume of all terminals has again risen by at least around 15%.

3.6.1.2 Type of terminal, functions and type of traffic

All considered terminals are connected to the transport modes road and rail, but just four of

them have a connection to an inland waterway. Two terminals are built as through stations,

the others are termini.

The relation of incoming load units by rail in comparison to road is on average at about 60 to

40 percent (given the data of 11 terminals). Comparatively, the modal split in the outgoing

quantities is 70 to 30 percent (valid for the data of 8 terminals). Incoming and outgoing

amounts of load units per ship are in comparison too small to be relevant. The share of Swap

bodies from the total amount of load units amounts to 1 to 5 percent, with exception of two

terminals, which are CCG Cargo Center Graz and the Terminal Wels, with a constituted share

of roughly 25 percent.

Apart from one exception with 250 kilometers, the catchment area of the Austrian terminals

ranks from 100 to 150 kilometers.

The proportion of maritime to continental transport underlies the maximum variability from

100 percent continental to an emergence of nearly 100 percent maritime traffic. This concerns

particularly the three gateway terminals in Salzburg, Wels, and Wien Freudenau, whereas the

last holds the smallest share with 85 percent.

Given the data of eight terminals, the ratio of import from and export to foreign countries is

balanced on the average. Deviations from this exist at two terminals, with about 30 and 60

percent for the opposite focal point respectively.

Page 82: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 76

3.6.1.3 Turnover and storage characteristics

According to their yearly amount of turnover, measured by the number of load units and TEU,

the Austrian terminals can be divided into three groups. The first group contains the “big”

terminals, which have a yearly turnover greater than 150.000 TEU. The terminals of

“medium” size transship between 50.000 and 150.000 TEU per year. Characteristically for

terminals in this group is their hub function as distribution center. Therefore they are often

nodes for continental transport and are of regional importance. An annually turnover less than

50.000 TEU denotes terminals of the third group of “small” terminals, with a special

relevance for local transport.

Given the data of only three terminals, the proportion of single wagon traffic in contrast to

block trains varies sizably according to the role of the terminal. The share of single wagons

ranks from 25 up to 75 percent, and it is obvious that gateway terminals hold a congruent high

share of block train traffic.

Upon data availability, the utilization of the turnover capacity is located around 80 to nearly

100 percent.

All terminals except one transship dangerous goods, whereas just two terminals provide

specially designed yards for their storage. These terminals are the ones located in Enns and

Graz. Seven out of the considered terminals operate empty container storage with an average

utilization of 80 to 100 percent. One outlier exhibits a utilization of 30 percent. The total

storage capacities range from 5.400 TEU to the fewest of 400 TEU. A line can be drawn

between a group ranging from 1.500 TEU up to the biggest terminal, and five terminals with a

capacity smaller than 900 TEU.

The relation of the total length of loading tracks to the yearly turnover in TEU lies between

the magnitudes of 0.001 and 0.02, conform to the relation to the turnover capacity.

Two terminals have their storage positioning management system linked to the cranes (not to

Reach Stackers), and three terminals are already planning the implementation of comparative

systems.

3.6.2 Terminals Germany

In Germany there are more than 170 terminals which is the highest density of terminals in any

European country. Nevertheless just a smaller proportion of about 50 terminals are relevant

for the existing intermodal networks as they can provide a minimum level of technical

features appropriate to modern demand. Out of them about 10 terminals can be seen as hub

terminals enabling some type of gateway traffic.

Traditionally all big rail-road terminals, beside those in sea and inland waterway ports, had

been financed as part of the German national railway infrastructure owned by Deutsche

Bundesbahn and managed by its subsidiary DUSS. Since liberalization started and a financial

aid scheme (Förderrichtlinie Umschlaganlagen) had been introduced by the national transport

department BMVBS a growing number of new terminals has been build and are operated

independently from the national railways. A trend has been in the last decade to establish so

called trimodal terminals build in inland ports, but quite a number of them have more rail-

road transshipment than to the water side. Also the first generation of patchwork terminals is

Page 83: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 77

going to be substituted by new full train length terminals build from scratch. The amount of

terminal operator has been growing significantly over the years. Within the last year co-

operation is envisaged by some of them especially with sea port terminals being for the later a

strategic decision for sustainable hinterland coverage. Also high capacity terminals are

equipped with catenaries at the end of the loading tracks to enable direct electric traction

while in some hub terminals also rolling in with momentum is allowed.

Numerous research- and development projects have been carried out in Europe in order to

develop and implement new handling techniques. A number of more than 70 technologies

only for horizontal transshipment could be counted (InHoTra 2005). The ideas, system and

techniques originating in Germany are quite a lot, but none of them had been successfully

implemented.

After more than 15 years of discussions an approach to establish a hub and spoke system by

building a mega-hub terminal is ready to be built. The previous concept included a semi-

automatic transshipment train-to-train and the aim is to make even shorter distances with less

transport demand economically feasible. Within the long discussion the terminal became

more conventional and the distances longer.

An ongoing discussion between private terminal operators and the national rail infrastructure

manager DB Netz AG is the appropriate access to the terminal from the rail network. As

infrastructure outside of the terminal is not covered by the financial aid for terminal

investment the construction of new tracks is rather costly and the rail infrastructure manager

do not want to maintain existing tracks which does not cover the costs. Nevertheless terminals

need storage tracks especially if they change from standing to moving train operation due to

higher demand. From the operational point of view access to the terminals are at several

terminals not well arranged. Complicate and time consuming shunting is needed just due to

the insufficient layout of the tracks. In consequence other than long distance point-to-point

connections like liner train service is in most cases economically not feasible. The reason for

such situations can often be found in the terminal location decision based on political interests

ignoring operational consequences. An example is the usage of cheap ground instead of a

location close to the main railway line, so additional shunting has to be taken into the costs of

the intermodal transport.

3.6.3 The intermodal Terminal Network in Scandinavia

During the 60‟s and 70‟s some 30 conventional terminals were established in Sweden. These

terminals were used until the big structural re-organization and market adaptation of the

operators, RailCombi/SJ Cargo, i.e. until the beginning of 1990s (Bärthel and Woxenius,

2002). The number of terminals was constant until 1998. In this process the number of

terminals was reduced to 16, which basically corresponds to the network operated by the

intermodal operator Cargo Net. The aim with a few large terminals connected by a

block/shuttle trains without frequent shunting or marshalling became the single strategy for

intermodal transport companies, infrastructure authorities and shippers, as stated in the report,

Combined transport - report on problems and potentials (Swedish Freight Association, 1997).

The development, aided by the increasing containerization, the expansion of the Gothenburg

Port and the liberalization of the railway sector, shows a strategy with flaws. New

supplementing terminals in combination with new rail and intermodal operators were needed

Page 84: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 78

to impel volume growth. Hence, a large number of terminals have been opened since 1998

with the initiative and support from the transport buyers, transporters, and from municipalities

(Bergqvist, 2007, Storhagen et al, 2008) and a large number of projects is planned or in

progress. There are several important explanatory factors for the development. The first is

linked to the deregulation of the Swedish railway industry. The second is the strategic

cooperation between the Port of Gothenburg, local fleet operators, railway operators and

small regional hauliers and their joint contribution to an extensive intermodal port hinterland

network that has proved competitive, relatively road transport at distances down to 150-200

km. Currently, there are about 25 shuttles to/from the port.

In the following table, there are 36 terminals for transshipment between road and rail. The

compilation do not include the major ports as Trelleborg, Gothenburg Port, Port of

Helsingborg, and Norrköping, and a number of terminals, called free loading areas, but

include a major share of the intermodal freight in Sweden. Still it might serve as a good

overview of the historical development in Sweden with two development phases and a

consolidation phase in between.

Table 11 Intermodal terminals in Sweden – development from 1965 to 2010. In the table the

development and consolidation phases are clearly visible. Ports handling load units

intermodal rail-port or rail-road are not included in the summary.

Year Opened

Accumulated

number Closed

1965 Solna Göteborg 2 2

1970 Malmö Örebro Sundsvall 3 5

1971 Göteborg-Skandiahamnen Norrköping 2 7

1972 Luleå Gävle Jönköping Karlstad 4 11

1973 Stockholm-Årsta Nässjö (Jönköping) 2 13

1974 Västerås Helsingborg 2 15

1980 Borlänge Kalmar Skellefteå Umeå 4 19

1981 Trelleborg 1 20

1985/86 Stadsgårdshamnen Värtahamnen 2 22

1987 Halmstad 1 23

1990 Älmhult 1 24

1991 22 2 Karlstad Skellefteå

1992 19 3 Halmstad Kalmar Västerås

1993 19

1994 19

1995 18 1 Stadsgårdshamnen

1996 18

1997 18

1998 Karlstad Linköping Nässjö Finja Halmstad Mölndal 6 24

1999 Åmål Åhus 2 26

2000 26

2001 21 5 Linköping Nässjö Finja Halmstad Mölndal

2002 Insjön 1 22

2003 Eskilstuna Hallsberg Grycksbo 2 23 1 Örebro

2004 Nässjö Falkenberg 2 25

2005 Örebro Västerås 2 27

2006 Sandarne Falköping Motala Haparanda 4 31

2007 Tomteboda 1 32

2008 Vaggeryd Vännäs Stockaryd 3 35

2009 Katrineholm Alvesta 2 36 1 Grycksbo

Closing of intermodal terminals in SwedenOpening intermodal terminals in Sweden

The development of the intermodal transport system in combination with the deregulation of

the intermodal network means that there are now four parallel networks at the Swedish

Intermodal market. First, a large amount of intermodal units are transported in the wagon load

network operated by Green Cargo. Secondly, the domestic intermodal network operated by

Cargo Net where block trains is operated between a defined numbers of terminals. The

domestic volumes have almost stagnated due to the established channels to market and strong

competition from road transport (Bärthel and Cardebring, 2007). Thirdly, there is a network

of shuttles to/from the Ports of Gothenburg and Helsingborg to inland terminals. Finally,

intermodal shuttles for semitrailers are established between South/Middle Sweden region and

the European continent. The border crossing networks is in most cases linked through the

gateways in Gothenburg, Helsingborg, Malmö and Trelleborg.

Page 85: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 79

Cargo Net

Midcargo

ICS

TX Logistik

TÅGAB

Tågfrakt

Green Cargo

Hector Rail

Katrineholm

Kristinehamn

Helsingborg

Malmö

Trelleborg

Avesta-Krylbo

Åmål

Karlstad

Älmhult

Jönköping

Södertälje

Göteborg

Uddevalla

Nässjö

Oslo

Örebro

Stockholm

-Årsta

-Tomteboda

GävleBorlänge

Västerås

Norrköping

Hallsberg

Eskilstuna

Ockelbo

Storvik

Arboga

Flen

Mjölby

Hässleholm

Halmstad

Skälebol Laxå

Falköping

Kombioperatörer - Nätverk

Motala

Åhus

Insjön

Kombioperatörer

Värnamo

Rolvsöy

Figure 33 The intermodal network in southern Sweden in 2008 (Source: Updated from Bärthel and

Cardebring 2007).

The Swedish network has changed significantly over the past five years. The number of

relations served has decreased dramatically from 1095 in 1995 to 180 in 2004. The terminals

are connected by shuttle trains in order to create good quality but the transport cost and time-

consuming shunting and marshalling are a problem. The fixed train sets used in both Norway

and Sweden allow for quick turns through slots at four hours and thus a high resource

utilization in the system. Transport times and time accuracy has improved considerably

through the establishment of direct/shuttle trains. A direct/shuttle train has often an average

speed of 75-85 km/h on the rail trunk line, but due to the design of terminals and the need for

shunting/marshalling the average speed decreases significantly. For example, Jönköping -

Stockholm, average speed 49 km/h, could be compared with 86 km/h on the route Göteborg -

Stockholm, Sweden. Less than 10% of shipments are delayed by 30 minutes or more between

Gothenburg and Stockholm..

As stated the number of intermodal terminals has not decreased since the mid-1990s, but the

number of OD-relations served has decreased radically, since the operational philosophy of

the network has changed. The networks are nowadays composed of a number of terminals

connected by shuttles in which the various relations have few or no connections in between.

This limits the potential for intermodal transport for high value products, as the existing

networks do not meet customer demands for geographical accessibility, frequency and time

flexibility. A dense terminal network without heavy investment in heavy handling equipment,

easy entry/exit to terminals without change of engine and a flexible organization in and

around terminals is needed. This means that the traditional roles i.e. how the railway

companies operate terminals and trains as well as road hauliers organize collection and

distribution around the terminals, need to be changed.

The number of terminals in Scandinavia exceeds 65 including free loading areas, private

sidings, regional terminals port terminals and conventional terminals. There are several types

of terminals, where we can identify (1) Port Terminals, (2) Conventional intermodal

terminals, (3) Hub and spoke terminals (4) Gateway terminals, (5) Line Terminals (6) Free

loading areas and (7) industrial sidings. A further distinction can be made based on the

Page 86: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 80

following subcategories: (1)if the terminal is national or regional, depending on the services

provided, (2) if the terminals are only inter-modal or multi-purpose, and (3) if the terminals

can be defined as one or double side access terminals. The distinction between these

categories is fluctuating.

Table 12 Intermodal terminals in Sweden.

Conventional Ports Multipurpose Lightcombi Free loading Industrial sidings Under development

Gävle Falkenberg Borlänge Borlänge Gällivare Avesta-Krylbo Bastuträsk

Göteborg Gullbergsvass Gävle Hamn Eskilstuna Halmstad Haparanda Bro Hässleholm

Hallsberg Göteborg Centralharpan Falköping Hässleholm Pieå Bålsta Jönköping/Torsvik

Helsingborg Halmstad Insjön Linköping Skellefteå Hällefors Stockholm-Rosersberg

Jönköping - Ljungarum Helsingborgs Hamn Motala Mölndal Skövde

Lulå Karlshamn Nässjö Nässjö Ånge

Stockholm-Tomteboda Karlstad Sandarna Örnsköldsvik

Stockholm-Årsta Köping Vaggeryd

Sundsvall Lysekil Vännäs

Umeå Norrköping Åmål

Västerås Oskarshamn

Älmhult Oxelösund

Örebro Södertälje

Trelleborg

Uddevalla

Varberg

Västerås

Investment costs for a conventional terminal varies but for an intermodal terminal it is

between 50–500 mkr (5–50 M€). The cost variations are depending on among others the size

of the terminal and the necessary additional investments in the connecting infrastructure. The

handling costs at the terminals and the hauling costs are two factors that explain why

intermodal transports are not competitive at shorter distances. Terminal- and hauling costs

constitutes up to 70% of the total transport costs on short and medium length transport

relations (Bärthel and Woxenius, 2003) and for domestic transports the limit for profitability

is 400-500 km. In conventional terminals loading/unloading cannot be done under the

overhead contact wire. Switching to and from the terminals takes a long time and is normally

needed during inconvenient hours (at 03-04.00) - before the regular shunting operations starts.

The early shunting is either dimensioning shunting resources, or affecting the delivery of time

sensitive shipments as general cargo and other time-critical shipments. Posten Logistics and

DB Schenker also point out the need for short handling times at the intermodal terminals if

intermodal transport should be an alternative to road transport. The time consumption of the

nodes must not exceed the time savings made on the link between terminals.

The organization of the terminals is an important parameter, and here we find the first

difference in the cost structure of port-hinterland relations and the conventional terminals.

Port hinterland shuttles have a flexible organizational structure where local/regional transport

operators takes care of pre and end haulage and terminal handling during normal working

hours. This means increasing opportunities to smooth the flows during the day, and to reduce

staff requirements and avoid overstaffing shifts. It shall be related to the conventional

terminals, where most of the handling at terminals is done between 3:00 to 08:00 and from

16:00 to 10:00 p.m. and where staff cannot be used during daytime.

In Sweden, the land is normally owned by Jernhusen, infrastructure by BV and the terminal

has been driven by the Cargo Net (Conventional terminals). New regional terminals, partly

introduced when new entrants were refused to use the conventional ones, was established

Page 87: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 81

through cooperation between hauliers, local authorities and smaller rail companies and have

often shown to be structurally and operationally more efficient than the conventional.

Larger terminals and ports are administrated as open terminals with full time employed

personnel and are supplied with many tracks, portal cranes, trucks, warehouses for containers,

etc. The number of terminals supplied with portal cranes has decreased considerably and

today only the terminals in Gothenburg and Malmö have this equipment. Smaller terminals

are administrated by hauliers either as a strategic operation together with hauling operations

or as a standalone side operation

3.6.3.1 Accessibility to intermodal transport

A closely related factor to the transport mode/solution choice is the accessibility to rail

transport services. The physical accessibility to rail is an important factor and the Swedish

Rail administration (1997) shows that primarily shippers with private sidings used rail freight

transport. According to (Nelldal et al 2007) 55 % of the transported volumes are transported

between a consignor and consignee, both with private sidings, 15 % was intermodal freight

transport, 15 % was transferred on a multimodal terminal at the last 15 % was transported

to/from a port.

There is a genuine interest to increase the market shares for intermodal transport (Jensen et al,

2008), especially within the food and everyday commodity industry (Storhagen et al, 2008). A

severe barrier towards increased intermodal freight transport is the slow-moving rail

operators. “It takes months to get an offer” (Storhagen et al, 2008), if at all, and to get one you

need considerable volumes. There is also a perceived lack of interest in discussing strategic

and tactical development issues, often a requirement for designing competitive intermodal

solutions. Thus there is still a wide gap between the expectations a real practice, but the gap is

gradually diminishing.

3.6.4 Swiss Terminals

The following map shows the most relevant terminals in Switzerland using conventional

vertical transshipment technologies. Some of these terminals also allow to handle the ACTS

or the Cargo Domino system.

Page 88: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 82

Figure 34 Terminals in Switzerland (source: Rapp Trans AG, 2010)

Some of the today‟s terminals in Switzerland do not fulfill the todays requirements for

efficient operation because of not train length tracks, access only on one side, lack of storage,

lack of space for parking trucks, insufficient rail and road access etc. New gateway terminals

are planned in the Zurich area and in the Basel area.

In Switzerland there exist about 30 Terminals for intermodal transport, Figure 24 from Rapp

Trans AG (2010) shows the locations of the most relevant terminals in Switzerland using

conventional vertical transshipment technologies (see also annex II). In some of these

terminals also the transshipment by the Cargo Domino and ACTS System is possible.

Terminals with gateway function (also transshipment rail-rail) are Rekingen, Basel/Weil and

Aarau. The Terminal at Güterbahnhof Zurich was closed in December 2009 due to a new rail

access to Zurich main station. The intermodal traffic was shifted to the terminal Niederglatt.

Most of the Swiss intermodal terminals are rail/road terminals. A limited number of terminals

in the Basel area have also access to inland waterway (river of Rhine). The Rhine is the most

important inland waterway in whole Europe connecting Basel with cities in Germany and the

Netherlands and provides access to seaport terminals in Rotterdam.

Most of the terminals are small or medium sized terminals. Only two terminals have a

capacity of more than 100‟000 (loading units) per year (Frauenfeld, Basel/Weil). Another 3

terminals have a capacity between 50‟000 and 100‟000 loading units. The terminals are

usually equipped with gantry cranes or reach stackers which can handle ISO Containers, swap

bodies and in some cases also semi trailers. Most of the terminals have only a limited number

and short railway loading tracks. Only at the terminals Basel/Weil and Renens complete

freight trains (600 m to 750m) can be handled without shunting. Most of the terminals have a

good road and rail access. A broad variety of services is provided in the bigger terminals.

Storage options are usually limited.

The catchment area of the Swiss terminals is usually below 50 km. Only the bigger terminals

which offer frequent services have a catchment area of more than 50 km distance.

Page 89: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 83

Many terminals in Switzerland do not fulfill any more the today‟s requirements for an

efficient and high quality transshipment infrastructure. Because of the expected growth of

intermodal transport new terminals and the extension of existing terminals are necessary.

New bigger Gateway Terminals are planned in Zürich-Limmattal (Import/Export flows) and

Basel-Nord (transit flows). From Zurich there will be train connections to regional terminals

in Switzerland. The planning process is ongoing.

Page 90: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 84

3.7 Operational structure/philosophies

In order to combine economies of scale and frequency in the rail connections the intermodal

freight transport industry uses a number of operational philosophies as an instrument to design

their networks. These design principles are schematically illustrated in the figure below.

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

Figure 2.1 Network designs for intermodal freight systems: (1) hierarchic network, (2) direct

connection, (3) shuttle train, (4) hub and spoke network and (5) transport corridors

(Source: Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008).

An operational network design consisting of a hierarchic network (D1) forms the foundation

in the traditional wagon load network. The networks are operated with interregional trains

between shunting and marshalling yards. The first part of a transport consists of local/regional

collection of wagon on different private sidings, free loading areas and on terminals. These

wagons are pulled by local or regional feeder trains to a shunting or marshalling yard.

Interregional trains are built at these nodes and thereafter these interregional trains are

directed towards the main nodes of the railway system (hubs or big marshalling yards). At

these hubs new interregional trains bound for a certain destination are built and directed

towards the end region. Finally local or regional feeder trains transport the wagons to the end

terminals, free loading areas or private sidings. In Sweden this kind of operational philosophy

is used by Green Cargo and Hector Rail, in Germany by DB Schenker and in Austria by Rail

Cargo Austria. Especially in Austria the operational philosophy is dominating and Rail Cargo

Austria is operating 1 650 trains on a daily basis and is transporting around 66 million tons.

Economies of scale are clearly present in intermodal transport and since 1990 a large number

of the European intermodal operators have abandoned their wagonload networks and the

development of shuttles or dedicated transport systems. This in order to increase transport

quality (primarily transport time and reliability) as well as economies of scale and high

utilization rate for each train. Hence, the philosophy has changed from D1 to D2 or D3.

The second operational philosophy (D2), direct trains, aims at the market for large flows over

medium and long distances. Direct connections require large flows, 15 000 – 25 000 TEU per

year, for daily departures, which limits this operational philosophy to a small fraction of the

total transport demand. These connections are operated according to the traditional night-leap

philosophy. In Sweden the intermodal operator Cargo Net uses D2, while the company uses

D4 in Norway.

The operational philosophy shuttle trains (D3) is a special application of D2. The distinction

between the philosophies is that D3 is based on fixed formation train sets, while the train sets

in D2 is variable. This creates a basis for cheap and reliable operations since neither cost

Page 91: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 85

consuming activities as shunting or marshalling of wagons, nor sophisticated information

systems are needed. The time schedule could easily be adapted to specific shipper needs,

since there are no dependences with connecting trains. D3 is primarily used for intermodal

trains in the system operated by DB Schenker/Kombiverkehr, by Cargo Net in Norway, in the

port-hinterland shuttle systems and in the transport corridors between Sweden and Germany.

In the fourth operational philosophy a centralized terminal is selected as a hub and all

transports are directed through this hub. At the hub the wagons are marshaled or bundled

between the all train connections. The advantage is good market coverage despite insufficient

transport volumes for direct trains between the origin and destination terminals. The D4 has

been used by Intercontainer and is still used by Cargo Net in Norway. This latter network is

operated by fixed formation train sets with a frequency of 2-7 departures per day between the

hub terminal and twelve conventional intermodal terminals. The hub Alnabru is the second

largest terminal in Europe with an annual volume of 600 000 TEU:s. It might be mentioned

that only 10 % of the volumes transported in Norway is short circuited and thus not

transferred, bundled or handled at the Alnabru terminal. In Sweden Intercontainer uses a

combination of D2 and D4 in their intermodal network.

The fifth operational philosophy is denoted corridor/route network or line train system (D5).

The intermodal trains make short stops at terminals along a corridor according to a tight and

précis time schedule and thus cover the intermediate markets. Transfer time must be kept at

minimum at the intermediate terminals not to prolong the total transport time from begin to

end terminal. This operational philosophy is designed for dual transport markets – for

dispersed freight flows over medium and long distances and for more dense flows over short

distances. Corridor trains permit large areas to be covered at relatively low costs, but this

operational philosophy underlines the importance of fast train-forming, marshalling, bundling

and transfer activities to facilitate both market coverage and high average speed.

Finally, the intermodal networks contains gateway Terminals. These terminals are used to

connect two or more networks, either through direct routing or through a related high-

frequency link between the gateway for terminal network A and the gateway for terminal

network B. Freight flows from region A are coordinated at gateway A to a long distance

transport to gateway B. Once in region B this train is deconsolidated and the wagons are

spread in the network B. A gateway might be a port or a terminal with extensive train-train

transshipments. What distinguishes a gateway terminal from the conventional consolidation

forms for rail is the extensive use of train-train bundling instead of marshalling. Hence the

wagon resources for the different networks are often separated.

Page 92: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 86

3.8 The production system

The intermodal transport chains consist of a subsequent use of different transport modes

linked by the integration transshipment function. In the figure below a general production

system for intermodal transport is depicted, i.e. showing the functions; (1) road transport (pre-

and post/end haulage), (2) terminal transshipment, (3) gateway bundling and (4) main haul

rail transport.

In this chapter the intermodal transport functions road, transshipment (terminal) and rail is

presented. The chapter begins with a description of the road transport function focusing on the

regulations affecting the pre- and end-haulage as well as the competition between unimodal

road and intermodal freight transport. In the second subchapter the rail transport resources and

rail operational structure is presented. The third subchapter contains a presentation of the

terminals in each country. The chapter is ended by a presentation of innovative intermodal

technologies developed and/or implemented in each MINT country.

Figure 35 Production System for Intermodal Transport (source: SPINALP Manual 2009).

3.8.1 Road transport system

The regulation regarding road vehicle dimensions differ between the MINT countries. In this

chapter the regulations regarding dimensions are compared between the Nordic countries and

the general regulations of the European Union (18.75 meters and 40 tons). In Sweden and

Finland longer and heavier trucks are allowed (25.25 meters and 60 tons), in Norway heavier

(18.75 meters and 50 tons) to compare with the EU 18.75 standard. Pilot actions with longer

trucks are also implemented in the Netherlands and Denmark. In Sweden tests for 32 meters

and 80 tons are tested in pilot actions for short haul container transport port-hinterland for

Volvo Logistics and for wood transport for the forest industry.

The vehicle dimensions in the European Union are in general limited by a gross weight of 40

tons and a maximum length of 18.75 meters. The length load carrying unit is restricted to 16.4

meters resulting in an effective loading length of 15.65 meters since 2.35 m is dedicated for

the cabin and 0.75 m for the clutch. The aim of the regulation is to avoid mobility problems in

urban areas.

The maximum weight is restricted to 40 tones if the road train consists of a 2-axle tractor with

a 3-axle semitrailer. According to EU rules a gross weight of 44 tons for a 3-axle tractor unit

with 3-axle semi-trailer carrying intermodal freight carriers is allowed. Hence, this allows an

Page 93: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 87

ISO container with 30 tons gross weight to be transported. The same combination of vehicles

with Swedish regulations might weight 50 tons.

In Sweden and Finland longer and heavier trucks or road trains have been allowed for

decades. In Finland the maximum length was 22 meters and in Sweden 24 meters until 1997.

When Sweden entered the EU in 1997 the differing dimensions of road vehicles raised a

discussion within the EU. Based on a proposal from the Swedish government dated August 1,

1997, a new modular system, Class Transport System (TCS - now the European Modular

System) was introduced in Sweden and Finland. This gave foreign hauliers the ability to adapt

their vehicles to the Swedish standard by combining standard dimensions on vehicles.

The TCS/EMS concept refers to road vehicle combinations with a maximum length of 25.25

meters based on combinations of road vehicles and load units complying with Directive

96/53/EC. This directive stipulates a maximum loading length of a road vehicle, except a

trailer or semitrailer, of 7.82 meters. If the EMS road train is longer than 24 meters it needs to

be maneuverable in concentric circles with an outer radius of 12.5 meters and an inner circle

of 2 meters. Further, an EMS combination is not allowed to be higher than 4.0 meters (EU's

height limit)6 and finally the directive stipulates that the combinations should be equipped

with ABS brakes and with clutches in accordance with Directive (94/20/EC). One advantage,

often mentioned, is the interoperability between the EMS concept and intermodal transport,

since both are based on intermodal loading unit dimensions. Further, compared to a 24 meters

road train an EMS road train increases the loading length with 7-8 %, but have a higher

energy consumption and higher maintenance costs than the traditional road trains of 24

meters.

Figure 36 Existing and proposed intermodal road transport concepts on the European market. The

upper two are allowed in all Europe and the third EMS-concept is allowed in Sweden and

Finland (length: 25,25 m). Abbreviations: lastvikt = pay load, lastytelängd = loading

length, lastvolym = loading volume, and pallplatser = capacity (number of Euro pallets).

Sweden allows longer and heavier vehicles than most European countries and the changes in

the Swedish regulation have significantly increased the competitiveness of road transport.

Changes in the regulation in 1989 and 1993 increased the payload by 27 % and in 2008 the

6 The height restriction in Sweden is 4.5 meters (infrastructural restriction) for other road trains.

Page 94: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 88

average road transport cost was 1.3 Euro per km, including loading and unloading (VTI,

2007). An analysis of the difference between EU-vehicles and EMS vehicles show a cost

difference of 17-20 % per tonkm (Backman and Nordstrom, 2002, Nelldal et al, 2000, VTI,

2007) in favor for EMS.

3.8.2 Rail transport system

The resources in rail transport system include rail engines and rail wagons. In this chapter the

dominating rail engines and wagons on the European and Scandinavian market are presented.

The wagons are separated between flat wagons and wagons for transport of semitrailers.

3.8.2.1 Rail engines

The fleet of locomotives was due to the stagnation for rail transport in the 1990s for a long

time period stable, but since 2005 there are signs of strategies to renew the locomotive fleets.

But still the fleets are composed by standard locomotives developed and produced during the

period 1970-1990. For the Swedish market the fleet is still composed by standard design

locomotives class Rc, Ma, and E116. In the last few years some modern locomotives had been

introduced in Swedish intermodal trains, like Siemens 441, EG3100 and Bombardiers BR185.

As explained in the coming chapters the terminals are designed with terminal interfaces

requiring shunting from the shunting yards to the terminal. These shunting operations are

carried out by large or medium sized diesel locomotives. Just a few terminals, are designed to

allow electric locomotives to be used both by departure and arrival for shunting of wagons to

and from the terminal area.

In Germany Deutsche Bahn AG had been the traditional traction provider with diesel shunting

locomotives serving the loading track and electric locomotives running on the long haul, some

of them quite outdated from the former Deutsche Bundesbahn and Deutsche Reichsbahn.

Traction planning has been determined by operational demands resulting in various

locomotive changes at shunting yards and at the border.

This picture has changed dramatically after the liberalisation and the appearance of

locomotive rental services. Private operators have today a selection of locomotive types even

on short term bases. For the purpose of economical operation through traction from terminal

to terminal with the same type of locomotive is envisaged. If no appropriate multi electric

locomotive is available some operators take diesel power for the whole journey. But as market

grows and new type of locomotives based on a modular concept are available. Intermodal

operators like Hupac have involved this concept by asking for single traction provider from

terminal to terminal across borders.

3.8.2.2 Intermodal freight wagons

Wagons for conventional intermodal transport have generally looked the same since the late

1960s, but there is continuous change in order to make wagons and other equipment more

efficient and cheaper. The development is now based primarily on the details and components

with a primary focus on running gear and braking systems to improve the operational

characteristics and to allow higher speeds. Two-axle wagons with conventional running gear

have less good operational characteristics than the four-axle wagons. During long-distance

transport vibrations occurs and in combination with strong lateral forces this can get the goods

Page 95: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 89

to move or rotate during the journey. In addition to lower freight comfort two-axle wagons

result in the lower speed, increased energy consumption and increased infrastructure wear and

tear. The Swedish Rail operator Green Cargo has equipped a large number of two-axle

wagons with vibration-free running gear. This is more expensive than conventional running

gear, but they reduce the number of cargo damage and reduce the need for running gear

maintenance.

As mentioned, two main categories of wagons for intermodal transportation are available. The

simpler type of wagon consists of a flat surface with brackets where containers and swap

bodies can be placed. This category cannot load semi-trailers, because the total height would

then go beyond the permissible loading gauge. The traditional wagons for container

transportation class Lgjs Lgns are two-axle trucks equipped with container pins for several

load unit combinations. The pallet of wagons has over the past decade been complemented

with the boggie wagon Sgns-s and articulated wagon class Sggmrs-s. These wagons are suited

for maritime containers, tank / bulk containers and swap bodies. For transport of containers

and swap bodies, there are two-axle wagons designed for two TEUs, four axle wagons for

three TEUs and short switching bogie wagons for four TEUs. Intermodal transport of semi-

trailers requires handling equipment at terminals and adapted wagons to allow transport

within the allowed loading gauge. To solve these problems a adapted wagon for semitrailers

have been designed where the semi-trailer is lowered into the pocket between the girders and

a turntable is used to lock the semitrailer‟s king-pin. This type of wagon is generally called

pocket wagon and is also equipped with container corner fittings to be able to transport

containers and swap bodies, but the investment cost is higher than for flat wagons. The most

common type of car has had the name Sgdmns 832 or 833, but newer articulated wagons class

Sdggmrss - L and Sdggmrss - T has made its entry on the European market. The latter wagons

have been designed with three bogies, where the middle is a "Jakob bogie, and allows 120 km

/ h at axle load D. The articulated construction results in a cheaper wagon and might transport

four class C swap bodies or two semi-trailers á 13.6 meters.

Figure 37 Sketch of a short-coupled wagon class Sggmrss (Source: AAE:s web site).

Standard wagons equipped with brake blocks are suitable for transport up to 100 km / h at

stax 22,5 tons using normal braking distances. If the braking distances is extended to 2200-

2500 m the speed might be increased to 130 km / h, but this requires changes to the

suspension to keep down the number of freight damages. These modifications lead to

increased investment costs of 15-20%. If the speed is increased to 160 km/h modified running

Page 96: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 90

gear and disc brakes is required. Wagons designed for 160 km / h result in investment costs

for wagons twice as high as for conventional wagons.

Figure 38 Sketch of a wagon class Sdggmrss (Source: AAE:s web site).

In Germany and Sweden wagons for higher max speed has been developed. In Germany

wagons class Sgss-y703

and in Sweden class Lgss-y. A more detailed presentation of these

technologies is found in Bärthel (2011). These systems are used on the time sensitive markets

for mail, parcels and general cargo. The wagons are used for transport of swap bodies class C

and are equipped with advanced breaking systems and running gears.

Table 13 Intermodal freight wagons.

Sdgmns Sdggmrss-L Sdggmrss-T Sggmrss 104 Sggrss 80 Sggmrss 90 Lgjns Lgns 752 Lgjs 741

4 swap bodies 2x40' 2x45'

Axles 4 6 6 6 6 6 2

Length over buffers 18340 34200 34200 33940 26390 29590 17100 15900 14800 mm

Bogie pivot centre distance 13300 2x14200 2x14200 2x13820 2x10425 2x12025 10000 10000 9000 mm

Inner axle distance 15100 16000 16000 16000 12225 14025 11800 11800 10800 mm

Unseful loading length 16300 2x16230 2x16230 2x16230 2x12575 2x13820 15860 14660 13560 mm

Overall wagon width 3060 3186 3186 3186 3146 2970 2800 2800 2800 mm

Loading area width 2590 2600 2600 3146 2600 2740 2740 2740 mm

Height of fastening pins for containers/swap bodies above TOR 1170 1155 1155 1155 1170 1155 1180 1165 1180 mm

Height of loading area for semi-trailer bogie above TOR 267 270 264 mm

Wheel diameter 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 mm

Tare weight 21.3 34.8 34.8 30 25.3 29 12.5 11.15 11.8 ton

Load carrying capacity at axle load 22,5 t 65.7 100 100 106 90 106 33 33.5 28 ton

Weight per length meter 4.74 3.94 3.94 4.01 4.37 4.56 2.66 2.81 2.69

Maximum speed at axle load 20,0 t 120 120 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 km/h

Maximum speed at axle load 22,5 t 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 km/h

The growing market of rental wagons enables also small operators to introduce spot traffic

and to step into the market.

3.8.3 Loading Units

Intermodal systems are largely based on standardization. Standard load units are used because

it is difficult to standardize the design of freight units and goods. Goods are loaded in the load

unit to manageable sizes as determined by demand, management capabilities, dimensions and

weight rules for the domestic traffic regulation. This creates standard interfaces between

transport modes, transport units and cargo items with the advantages and disadvantages of

standardization for various groups.

The standard for both the ISO container and swap bodies (CEN) includes:

Dimensions

Connection dimensions for handling and securing of the carrier

Page 97: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 91

Maximum gross weight

Requirements for the strength and methods for testing

Definitions and labels

Opening Dimensions

Design for special types of goods

In all intermodal systems the physical dimensions, weights, handling interfaces, and

robustness of design are strictly defined by stipulated standards. Within these dimensions

standards units may be constructed arbitrarily. Hence, this might be exemplified by the

containers for the chemical. The loading units are by the transport sector best described as

standardized unstandardized load units.

Furthermore, there is one palette of load units for the European market and one of the oversea

(intercontinental) markets. ISO-containers have their origin in the sea transport sector while

the manufacturers of swap bodies base their design on CEN standard. The ISO-container

represents a global, international standard, while the standard swap body is a European

phenomena. The latter has to meet the standards for road vehicles in the EU. This large palette

of unit load reduces the efficiency of intermodal transport and also highlights the needs for

further standardization for future expansion. There are still barriers for intermodal transport

since some load units require adapted technology to be transshipped. But the development and

implementation of new standards are affected by the depreciation period and the strong

tradition of old associations. Hence, no carrier will choose by rationality but rather by

tradition and access to technical resources.

The following figure gives the number of transported cargo carriers in the Swedish intermodal

traffic shown by load unit category and size. If we consider the figure below, we are seeing a

trend break around the year 2004 when the huge growth of intermodal traffic is reflected in

the statistics. We can also note that the proportion of larger units at the expense of shorter

units, partly due to the increasing containerization in the world.

ISO containers: The proportion of 40 'ISO containers have increased at an annual rate of 8%

and represents 40-45% of the transported units in Sweden (measured in TEUs). The

proportion of 20 foot ISO containers is increasing by an average of 11% and represents about

20% of the quantity transported TEU. Together, the containers represent almost two third of

the quantity of load units in terms of number of TEUs.

The proportion of long containers (> 45 feet) shows a slower but steady increase over the

period (+ 18% per year) and represents 14-18% of a quantity transported intermodal carrier in

terms of number of TEUs.

The proportion of semi-trailers increased by 16% annually and represent 30% of the quantity

transported intermodal carrier in terms of number of TEUs. It should be noted that the

percentage increased further after 2007 when the number of shuttles between Sweden - The

continent has increased sharply over the past two years.

However, the strongest growth rate we find in the segment swap bodies 20-40 feet. This the

category includes the bulk and tank containers and the growth might be interpreted as the

Page 98: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 92

amount of longer units in these segments increased in combination with the total amount of

transported bulk and chemical products. The rate of increase is 30% per year and in 2007

65000-70000 TEUs were transported, which corresponds to 8% of the quantity transported

intermodal carrier in terms of number of TEUs.

Finally, the trend of decreasing share of short and long swap body is clear. The proportion of

short swap has fallen by 4% per annum and long swap bodies by 11% per year. The short and

long swap body market has thus decreased from 26% to 12% from 2000 to 2007.

0

25000

50000

75000

100000

125000

150000

175000

200000

225000

250000

275000

300000

325000

350000

375000

400000

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

20' ISO-container

20-40' Container

40' ISO-container

>40' Container

Swapbody class C

Swapbody class B

Swapbody class A

Semitrailer

Figure 39 Number of intermodal loading units summed up by category and size. (Source: Bärthel,

2010).

In Germany, Austria and Switzerland the swap body is the dominating intermodal loading

unit. The standardized swap body has a specified external height of 2670 mm. This ensures

that the loading unit can be transported within the stipulated loading gauge on the entire

European network (loading gauge C385). This height corresponds to a standard EU road

vehicle height of 4 meters. Hence, these loading units are not suitable for transporting low

density products, as for the automotive industry.

To be able to transport products for the automotive industry two different intermodal transport

concepts have been developed. The first, described in a coming chapter, is the wagon

T5/T3000 for Megatrailers and the second is the combination of wagon and swap body

allowing an internal loading height of 3 000 mm. The swap body (for technical data see next

table) has a loading volume of 57-58.5 m3 and requires to be transported on a low-floor

wagon class Sgkkms loading surface height of 845 mm. This allows the automotive industry

to load the gitter boxes in three levels. The concept has been used for Berlin Plastics for

transport from Berlin to Cologne and for rubber tires for Continental from Puchov, Czech

Republic, to Hannover. Hence the loading gauge is more limited in Europe than in

Scandinavia. In Sweden swap bodies with an external height up to 3150 mm are transported

without permission. The dimensions of load units are not restricted by the loading gauge but

are limited by the dimensions of the spreader, i.e. restricted by terminal design dimensions.

Swap bodies with an external height up to 3245 mm and width of 2 600 is frequently used.

This results in a maximum loading height at 4225 mm for rail and 4500 mm for road

transport. The semitrailers used by the Swedish wholesaler COOP have a loading profile class

Page 99: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 93

P432 reaching the height of 4650 mm (loading gauge A1). These load units, loaded onto

standard wagons exceed the loading gauge A by the corners, but the units can be handled at

terminals and hence transported by special permission.

Figure 40 The load unit DB Megabox loaded onto a wagon class Sdkkms.

We can note that in Germany a low floor wagon is needed to transport a swap body slightly

lower than the Swedish swap body. For domestic shipments, this is no restriction, but should

be considered if the aim is to design a system between Sweden and Germany.

The swap bodies used in Switzerland in the Cargo Domino system are custom-made. They are

equipped with a physical channel to allow the handling equipment to reach the corner fittings.

These swap bodies are available in three standard configurations, but also in special designs

for transport of temperature sensitive goods, and chemicals. For the transport three categories

of wagons are available; Sgns, Sgnss or Sgs-y. The latter type of wagon is equipped with disc

brakes as opposed to traditional brake blocks. The wagons have the capacity to load two swap

bodies and two fully loaded with swap bodies used cargo capacity to 46% and loading length

to 80%. Hence, the tail transport capacity is utilized only to a limited extent.

In Norway the forwarders use swap bodies or containers in the domestic flows. The units are

22-25 feet long (usually 7.62 meters), with the tare weight of 3-5 tons and a maximum gross

weight of 16-21 tons. Swap bodies of class C provides greater load length per vehicle since

Swap bodies Class A has a loading length between 12.2 and 13.6 m while the two Class C

swap bodies has a corresponding loading length of 14.3 to 15.6 m. It should be added to the

transported volumes of Norway in certain O/D relations are not sufficient to make the use of

larger transport units profitable. The transshipment of class C swap bodies are in most cases

carried out by forklift trucks and all terminals in Norway are equipped with forklifts (Bark

and Skoglund, 2009), but most of the terminals has at least one Reachstacker with spreader

and the terminal Alnabru has several gantry cranes (). In 2005 50% of all transshipments in

Norway were carried out by fork lift trucks. Consequently most of the load units in Norway

are equipped with forklift pockets.

Page 100: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 94

Table 14 Comparison between the technical characteristics of different swap bodies. The three

left columns indicate default swap bodies used in connection with Cargo Domino

system, the next succeeding volume of swap bodies used by DB Cargo and finally two

swap bodies used in the food industry by SJ Cargo / Green Cargo.

Cargo Domino Cargo Domino Cargo Domino DB Cargo DB Cargo SJ Gods Lättkombi

Technical data Curtainside Refrigerated Isolated Megabox Volume Rexam Isolated

External length 7450 7450 7535 7 820 7 820 7150 7 450 mm

External height 2650 2650 2650 3 290 3 180 3245 3150 mm

External width 2550 2550 2600 2 600 2 550 2 600 2 600 mm

Internal length 7330 7330 7315 7 670 7700 7030 7230 mm

Internal height 2480 2480 2480 2 520 3010 3075 2980 mm

Internal width 2270 2360 2325 3 030 2270 2410 2325 mm

Gross weight 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 kg

Payload 13200 13200 12250 11255 13100 13200 12400 kg

Tara weight 2800 2800 3750 4 745 2 900 2800 3 600 kg

Volume 41 43 42 59 53 52 50 m3

Loading height (mm over rail) 3830 3830 3830 4470 4360 4425 4330 mm

Loading gauge A A A A1 A1 A1 A1

There is a large portfolio of semitrailers on the European market and the development has

been tremendous since the first units were constructed in the 1950s. In the following list a

number of ordinary semi trailers for the Nordic countries are listed. In column 1-4 data for

traditional Jumbo container is presented. In column 5-7 the newly constructed 45‟ container

used by for example IKEA and van Dieren is described. Finally traditional standard

semitrailers, Megatrailers and the purpose build COOP-trailer, developed in the European

CREAM project, is presented.

The various devices differ with respect to:

The loading volume in a semi-trailer is 91-100 m3. This is higher than for the

traditional load units as the Jumbo container (83-92 m3) or high-cube containers (91-

96 m3). For domestic transport in Sweden a trailer have to be designed with two

loading levels with an internal loading height corresponding to 2 x 1250 mm (for

pallets) and 2 x 1600 mm for rolling cages. The previous ones require a loading gauge

of P432 and the latter P450.

Within the project CREAM, see Bärthel (2011), several prototypes for semi-trailers

for goods requiring special attention were constructed and tested. The prototype for

temperature-sensitive goods influenced the design of carriers for the COOP.

In intermodal transport the load units are transported in both directions. The project

FRAMLAST, aims to improve the quality of the back door of the units, since the use

of a conventional design often results in penetration of vapor into the loading area.

Hence the probability for goods damages is high (MariTerm, 2010).

Page 101: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 95

Table 15 Technical data for the most common load units in intermodal freight transport in

Sweden (excluding ISO-containers).

Jumbo (12,50) Jumbo (12,50) Jumbo (13,60) Jumbo (13,60) 45' HC Temp 45' HC Gardin 45' HC Cont Standardtrailer Megatrailer COOP-trailer Unit

Chiller No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No Yes

External

Length 12500 13150 13600 13600 13710 13716 13716 13650 13650 13550 mm

Width 2600 2600 2600 2600 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2600 mm

Height 3065 3065 3115 3000 2890 3035 3040 4000 4000 4425 mm

Floor height 1269 mm

Internal

Length 12150 12150 13400 13370 13270 13620 13542 13620 13620 13315 mm

Width 2467 2467 2490 2490 2430 2470 2485 2480 2480 2460 mm

Height 2768 2768 2750 2750 2560 2700 2842 2700 2960 3050 mm

Sidodörr

Width 2600 2600 2490 2650 2430 2461 2480 2420 mm

Height 2700 2700 2750 2650 2550 2729 2700 2850 mm

Tara weight 6900 6900 4600 5900 5900 4980 6285 6870 9690 kg

Payload 26100 26100 31400 27100 33100 27020 39000 39000 33025 kg

Volume 83 83 92 91,5 91 95,8 91 100 100 m3

Europallets 30 30 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 No

TransshipmentLifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices Lifting devices

3.8.4 Terminal resources

The conventional terminal technology in all countries is based on vertical handling with

gantry cranes, reach stackers, or fork lift trucks. Handling Units, like the Reachstacker

commercialized by Kalmar Industries in 1985, are the most common terminal technologies for

small and medium-sized terminals in Scandinavia. A reach stacker is a counterbalance forklift

truck with a lifting device consisting of a telescopic boom which is raised or lowered. The

Reachstacker has a rotating spreader which is suspended by a telescopic boom. At most

terminals these trucks have replaced the forklifts trucks. The primary disadvantage is the very

high surface pressure on the ground and hence the requirements to strengthen the ground to

stand even when the reach stacker are handling heavy load units in second or third row. These

surfaces cost around 150-200 Euro/m2, compared with 40-50 Euro/m

2 from surfaces adapted

to conventional fork lift truck handling equipment. The secondary disadvantage is the

inability to handle load units under the catenaries. The investment costs for a new

Reachstacker are 400 – 450 kEuro (including spreader), while a used one might be bought for

some 200 kEuro. Like a counterbalanced truck, a reach stacker might handle 20-25 units per

hour, but in general seldom more than 10-12 per hour.

A gantry crane, also called block or bridge crane is consisting of a handling bridge mounted

on support legs. Together, these elements form a portal, which rests on wheels riding on rails

or directly on the ground. Lifting is done via a trolley moving along the bridge. A portal crane

can be rail mounted or equipped with pneumatic tires.

Portal cranes are used primarily at major intermodal terminals and at hubs/ports. Large

amount of handled units is required to reach the same cost level as for handling with

reachstackers or fork lift trucks. In Scandinavia, the gantry cranes have been replaced by

Reachstackers or Fork lift trucks on all terminals except from the metropolitan terminals in

Malmo, Gothenburg, Oslo and Stockholm. At terminals with train-train transshipment these

transshipment technology has advantages, but seldom on small terminals with a large share of

transshipment train-road or train – train.

Page 102: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 96

3.8.5 Other resources

In addition to these physical resources, operations clearly depend on a large number of skilled

employees, organizational know-how, brands, developed procedures and legal agreements as

well as permissions and time slots from rail authorities and terminal authorities. Road and rail

infrastructure is needed to accomplish intermodal freight transport, but as this is supplied by

the government in exchange for user charges and shared with passenger and their freight

operations, it is not treated as a resource.

3.8.6 Innovative intermodal production systems

During the last decades a large number of innovative intermodal transport systems have been

developed. The notion innovative indicates that these systems do not follow the design

principles of the dominating intermodal system, i.e. a design based on large scale terminals

with large scale handling technologies based on gantry cranes and reach stackers.

These technologies might be categorized based on (1) the function of the terminal in the

intermodal network, (2) the resource base for the transshipment technology, (3) direction of

handling and finally what kind of load units the technology is designed for. Hence, Bärthel

(2011) made the following categorization:

Vertical terminal based transshipment technology.

Horizontal terminal based transshipment technology for containers and swap bodies

Horizontal lorry based transshipment technology for containers and swap bodies

Horizontal wagon based transshipment technology for semitrailers.

Diagonal wagon based transshipment technology for semitrailers.

Diagonal wagon based transshipment technology for containers and swap bodies

Longitudinal wagon based transshipment technology for containers and swap bodies.

Figure 41 Handling direction as a base for categorization of innovative transshipment technology

(Source: Frindik in Bärthel, 2011).

The transshipment technologies developed are summed up in the next table. The technologies

presented in bold have been implemented in a larger scale. The technologies presented in

italics are either under development or is discontinued. The others have been implemented as

a pilot or are being implemented. In the chapters below some of these technologies are

presented.

Page 103: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 97

Table 16 The transshipment technologies developed in the MINT countries categorized based on

handling direction.

Diagonal Horizontal Longitudinal Vertical

Austria Mobiler Innovative Unschlagsbahnhof

Fast'R Cargo

Germany CargoBeamer Kombilifter

Wechseltrog Transportsystem WAS Wagon

Supertrans

Norway Fork lift truck

Sweden RoRo Rail CCT SJ Lightcombi

MegaswingFlexiwaggon

Switzerland ACTS Rolling Transport System

Neths

Cargo Domino (Mobiler)

InterRegioCargo (ContainerMover)

3.8.7 Innovative intermodal transport systems in Switzerland

Two innovative intermodal transport systems are used in Switzerland.. There are two systems

used: the ACTS system and the Cargo Domino system, and these systems are based on small-

scale terminals with horizontal transshipment

3.8.7.1 ACTS Terminals.

ACTS is a horizontal roll-on and off transport system from road vehicle to rail. It requires no

fixed terminal installations, and can be operated at any public goods station or private siding

positioned beside a 10 meter wide roadway. In Switzerland, ACTS was tested in 1984 and

commercially introduced in 1987 by Abroll-Container-Transport-Service AG, a 50-50 joint

venture between five railway companies and road transport companies. The intermodal roll-

on and off transport system ACTS consists of the following main elements.

Road truck with integrated transshipment equipment

Rail wagons with turning frames

Use of existing infrastructure (public goods stations), in some cases with adaptations

Operational integration in rail single wagon/wagon groups traffic

Transshipment by truck driver

Door-to-Door transport by one service provider

One stop shop

There are various possibilities for transshipment for the ACTS system. Usually it is possible

at public goods stations and at private sidings, if there is a surface with a width of appr. 11 m.

Page 104: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 98

Figure 42 ACTS System

The ACTS System has low transshipment costs (low terminal investment costs, transshipment

can be operated by the truck driver). It provides intermodal transport service to the regions

with lower freight volumes. The system is flexible in the use, e. g. allows to roll the container

from the truck on the ground. The system reduces the economically viable minimum distance

for intermodal road-rail (under 150km).

The system is used today especially for bulk transport (waste, building materials, etc.) but

more and more also for consumer goods.

3.8.7.2 Cargo Domino/Mobiler

Cargo Domino is a new transport concept in intermodal transport offered by the Swiss railway

operator SBB Cargo. This intermodal transport is based on vehicle related horizontal

transshipment equipment and was introduced in summer 2002. The system was developed by

SBB Cargo with focus on consumer goods, raw materials and bulk ware. Cargo Domino use

as transshipment technology the horizontal hydraulic System „Mobiler‟, which was developed

by Bermueller and realised by Palfinger. A second system with the same functions called

NICK was realised later by the swiss company Nuwec. The following map shows the network

of Cargo Domino Terminals. Transshipment is possible at public goods stations or also at

private sidings.

Figure 43 Cargo Domino transshipment points and Loading units for Cargo Domino System.

Page 105: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 99

Figure 44 Cargo Domino System.

The Cargo Domino transport units are standardized swap-bodies. These are presented in the

chapter about load units.

Cargo Domino offers an alternative for intermodal transport for medium distance inland

transports. Because of its flexible horizontal transshipment facility it has become a real

alternative against pure road transport. Operational Cargo Domino is integrated in Night and

Day Express-Network based on railway single wagon traffic. One central shunting yard is

used to build the trains.

3.8.8 Innovative intermodal transport systems in Austria

Rail Cargo Austria implemented a transport system based on Mobiler handling technology

with pilot traffic starting in the autumn of 2001 and complete implementation in 2002. The

increase in freight volumes is significant and in 2009 nearly 650 000 tons of goods were

transported. A dense network of terminals is connected by the wagon load transport system

and Rail Cargo Austria is offering a wide variety of adapted load units - from conventional

swap bodies class C to bulk containers and tank containers. The Mobiler technology is

explained in the chapter about Switzerland.

Figure 45 Growth in transport volumes (left) and terminal network for the Mobiler service

(right).

Page 106: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 100

3.8.9 Innovative technologies in Germany

Intermodal service provider has concentrated on main shuttle links between efficient terminals

using vertical lifting. Some efforts have been undertaken to find technical solutions to

transship and transport big volume semi-trailer. The share of semi-trailer being 9% of all

loading units transported could then be raised.

Another strategy especially by Kombiverkehr is to develop a network with faster train

connections to offer travel time which fits into the narrow time frame of overnight and time

critical cargo. Within this concept the shift of air cargo from truck to rail is an important part.

The first arrangements had been made with the airports of Frankfurt and Halle/Leipzig

creating the AirCargoExpress, but the economical crisis prevents it finally from realization.

The AirCargoExpress should basically be operated for the logistic service provider DHL but

needed some additional conventional load to get a full train filled, but with the economical

crisis this complementary load was redirected to the existing intermodal network making the

AirCargoExpress uneconomic. Nevertheless the strategy to bring air cargo on rail is still been

studied by the airport of Frankfurt Fraport together with Fraunhofer IML in the project

AirCargo RailCenter where first results show that for a link from Frankfurt to Munich

sufficient demand could be provided. Again due to the decline of air cargo transport of about

one quarter has made it is unclear when a realization will be approached.

3.8.9.1 Bimodal Bayrischer Trailer Zug

The bimodal technology, which is an improved semi-trailer coupled directly on special

bogies, had been used in Germany for several years by BTZ but cancelled due to economical

reasons. Again there is the US-American company RailRunner who is marketing its enhanced

bimodal technology in Germany, Europe and beyond.

3.8.9.2 Cargo Beamer

Since several years the rail transport of non craneable semi-trailer has been tried to be solved

by several inventors. One type of approach is to equip the wagon with a special platform

which can be detached on the terminal by in situ equipment. The company CargoBeamer AG

(http://www.cargobeamer.de) offers an independent system because it needs special terminals

and wagons, but no prototype exists so far.

3.8.10 Innovative intermodal transport systems in Sweden

In Sweden several systems have been developed since 1990, but no one has been

implemented in full scale. In this chapter these systems are presented. SJ Lightcombi is based

on vertical transshipment under the contact wire based using a fork lift truck. To reduce the

need of handling equipment at terminals, three diagonal wagon concepts have been developed

since 1995. Two concepts have been developed for transport of semitrailers, Flexiwaggon and

Megaswing and one for transport of swap bodies, RoRo Rail. The two latter have been

developed by Kockums Industrier who has also developed wagons based on the ACTS

technology. Not mentioned in the presentation is the horizontal technology CCT. For more

information see either Seidelmann and Frindik (2005) or Bärthel (2011).

Page 107: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 101

3.8.10.1 SJ Light Combi

The rail sector is missing a competitive service-supply for high value products and has no

solutions for distribution to end customers. An intermodal transport network adapted to long

distance transports between industry and wholesale companies and for distribution out to

retail trade units demands a narrow network of terminals to fulfil the demands of the

customers on accessibility, flexibility and timing of the transport services.

In order to improve costs and quality, attempts have been made to develop and apply radical

intermodal systems, compared to conventional intermodal systems. One example is SJ light

combi developed by SJ Stab strategic development and established as a pilot study

“Dalecarlian Girl”, operated for Dagab/Hemköp from 1998 to 2001. The name light combi

originates from the fact that only small load carriers (swap body class A and 20‟ ISO-

containers) provided with fork lift tunnels should be used in the system. The system is based

on intermodal line traffic where the train made short stops at terminals located at electrified

signal regulated siding tracks. Loading and unloading could be done under electrified catenary

with a forklift truck. The truck was carried by the train and was handled by the locomotive

driver. This enabled the load units to be handled directly on the siding track with no change of

locomotive or shunting. The main issue for the project was to test the concept from a technical

and logistic point of view. The investments were relatively small but SJ Cargo did not have

the economic endurance to maintain the traffic. A profound analysis of the project has been

done by Bärthel and Woxenius (2003, 2004). Further research concerning establishment of

intermodal transport systems have been done by Bukold (1996) and Rudel (2002). Research

concerning innovative technologies for terminals has been done by Bontekoning (2002).

Figure 46 The light combi train in Borlänge 1998. (Photo: J-O Wede, Green Cargo).

3.8.10.2 Flexiwaggon

FlexiWaggon is a wagon concept developed for transport of a complete truck or a trailer

(www.flexiwaggon.se). At the terminals the loading frame is turned in order to let the truck

drive on or off the wagon. Loading and unloading is done by the truck driver and it takes

about 15 minutes per unit. The advantage of the concept is that permanent handling

equipment is not needed if no containers and swap bodies are handled.

3.8.10.3 Megaswing

The Megaswing wagon has been developed by Kockums Industrier with the aim to be able to

transport semitrailers not equipped for intermodal freight transportation. Like Flexiwaggon

the concept has been designed with a loading platform, which is levitated when the train is

loaded and unloaded. The handling procedure takes 2-4 minutes depending on circumstances.

Page 108: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 102

As for Flexiwaggon the advantage of the concept is that permanent handling equipment is not

needed if no containers and swap bodies are handled.

Figure 47 The concept Megaswing (Source: Kockums Industrier).

3.8.10.4 RoRoRail

The turn table wagon Sgnss041 is a newly developed wagon. The unique feature is the

possibility to load and unload the wagon only with the truck itself. The need of heavy reach

stackers or cranes is eliminated. The wagon is a bogie wagon designed to carry two swap

bodies of class C according to EN284. A standard truck and a 12 meter width load surface by

one side of the railway track is needed for handling in terminals (www.kockumsindustrier.se).

Figure 48 The concept RoRoRail (Source: Kockums Industrier).

Page 109: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 103

Page 110: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 104

3.9 Information and Communication systems

The Rail authorities were early users of information systems, but mainly to control their own

production resources and administration. EDI connections with customers are of recent date

and there is a need for further development. Efficient ICT is vital for the forwarders

controlling large numbers of small consignments (part loads and general cargo) from a large

number of shippers, but less crucial to hauliers, rail and intermodal operators which can move

a single container or some 80 boxes in a shuttle train for a limited number of customers.

In this chapter the present status of the intermodal ICT development in the MINT countries

are generally presented.

3.9.1 Information and Communication systems - Germany

The ICT development had been started by the terminal operator DUSS together with Berghof

to create a unique terminal operation system named BLU. Due to a number of reasons

competitors prefer rather tailormade solutions. This is especially the case if the system is part

of the company IT architecture enabling secure information flow within the company. As

interfaces are still a difficult task to be solved an easy approach for customers is not

established but strongly needed.

Kombiverkehr together with some other big intermodal operators have developed in two

research projects the CESAR system for information, booking and tracking and tracing

provided for their customers. Kombiverkehr´s timetable information is been provided by

HaCon, who is also responsible for the passenger timetable of Deutsche Bahn AG.

3.9.2 Information and Communication systems - Norway

The Norwegian National Transportation plan 2010-2019 stress that the Port of Oslo and the

Alnabru terminal will play essential roles for intermodality in Norway in the coming years

(NTP, 2009). The research project PROFIT (Project Future Intermodal Terminals) aims to

address this call for attention from the government.

PROFIT is sponsored by The Research Council of Norway through SMARTRANS – a

research program for industry transport and intelligent transport systems. By changing the

terminal layout and control systems at both the Port of Oslo and the Alnabru terminal the

project aims to generate new administrative and control system for the entire supply chain

(PROFIT, 2010). The project includes major actors in the Norwegian transport industry:

CargoNet (freight train operator and terminal operator), Jernbaneverket (the Norwegian

National Rail Administration and rail infrastructure owner), DB Schenker (international

freight forwarder), Bring Logistics (international freight forwarder), LTL (Norwegian

forwarding association), Ergo Group (IT provider) and the Port of Oslo. In accordance with

The National Transport Plan (NTP, 2009) PROFIT aims to develop efficient intermodal

terminals and network through improved collaboration between ports, carriers, terminals and

forwarders.

Today, Jernbaneverket is the responsible organization for communicating delay warnings and

deviations from train schedule. This is today a process of email communication, causing

Page 111: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 105

frustration among the train operator companies and freight forwarders. In general, the

communication in the value chain is based on phone, fax and email. There is limited sharing

of information and common IT solutions, and no superior directing principles to guide the

actors in the value chain. The chain has thus a low degree of flexibility, and the transition

between modes is far from seamless.

3.9.3 Information and Communication systems - Sweden

The Swedish Rail authorities were early users of information systems, but mainly to control

their own production resources and administration. As pointed out by Sjöstedt (in Woxenius

and Sjöstedt, 2003) there is a need for development and implementation of more sophisticated

ICT systems for intermodal transport systems. A large number of EU project with Swedish

partners have been and are carried out (i.e. FreightWise).

3.9.4 Information and Communication systems - Switzerland

In Switzerland the following types of ICT-Systems are used in relation with intermodal

transport

Information systems (connections, timetables, terminals services, etc.)

Booking systems

Tracking and Tracing

Terminal management systems

The bigger Intermodal Service providers as HUPAC and ICF have information and booking

systems. The bigger terminal operators use terminal management systems (goal, Berghof). An

integrated information, booking and tracking and tracing system is CESAR. It is used by

some of the UIRR intermodal service companies (incl. HUPAC)

Figure 49 CESAR Systems

Page 112: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 106

3.10 Transport policy

Supporting words have been abundant and a truly wide range of political instruments have

been used for promoting intermodal transport on a European level, but they still have not

created a truly level playing field for competition with unimodal road transport. On the

contrary, political promises that were not delivered have caused disillusion within the industry

although initiatives like the Marco Polo program, the road tolls in Austria, Germany and

Switzerland and the French subsidy to forwarders using intermodal freight transport is

showing promising (Nelldal et al, 2007, Gustafsson et al, 2007 and Swedish Rail

Administration, 2008). Still the shippers and transport service providers doubt the political

intentions and effort to take the necessary steps to transform the transport sector towards

increased intermodality and towards long-term sustainability.

3.10.1 Austrian Freight Policy and Regulations7

The enlargement of the European Union pushed Austria into the centre of Europe. The

Austrian government formulated the need for an active transport policy within the last few

years. In view of handling the expected increase of transport flows across Austria two strategy

plans were set up: firstly the National Transport Plan and secondly the Transport Telematic

Master Plan.

The transport policy of Austria is strongly committed to environmental objectives. In order to

protect people and the natural resources environmental-friendly modes of freight traffic such

as rail and intermodal transport are promoted by a variety of legal and administrative actions.

As concerns intermodal transport the most effective measures are the increased maximum

gross weight of road vehicles employed for terminal haulage services, financial aids for the

construction of intermodal terminals and the compensation of costs incurred by railway

undertakings for services that are of public interest.

In January 2002 the Austrian government presented the Austrian National Transport Plan

2002 (GVP-Ö). The National Transport Plan is focusing on general principles regarding

transport policy and on an infrastructure development programme referring to the transport

modes road, rail and inland waterway system.

The main transport policy objectives in this plan are:

To strengthen the Austrian business location,

To extend the transport network in an efficient way,

To enhance safety and security in transport,

To ensure financing, and

7 The source for this subchapter is ERA-NET Transport (2007).

Page 113: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 107

To ease the implementation measures.

All suggested infrastructure projects announced in the national transport plan are considered

with different key players in the transport sector. The total volume of investment until the

year 2021 is denoted by 45,1 bill. Euro. The short- and medium-term investments imply 17,1

billion Euro for road and rail projects. The financing of these projects is mainly ensured by a

kilometre based toll for heavy duty vehicles and a time based toll for cars and motorcycles on

motorways.

The Telematic Master Plan was presented first in 2004. The plan is blueprinted in five

chapters: a mission statement, a status analysis, a frame for the ITS system architecture, an

ITS technology portfolio and project implementation guidelines for Austria. The main

objective of the multimodal approach of the Transport Telematic Master Plan is to show a

balanced picture for future use of Transport Telematic applications and services in Austria.

3.10.2 German Freight Policy and Regulations

German Policy has widely supported the intermodal transport in Germany. A report from the

German ministry of transport, construction and urban affairs (BMVBS) about the situation,

potential and further measurements of intermodal transport had been published in 2001. There

are in principle two levels of supportive measurements which are the regulatory and tax

policy on one hand and the financial aid on the other side.

The following regulatory and tax policy had been enforced by the European Commission

and German national government to support intermodal transport and to compensate the

special situation of this type of transport:

an increased total maximum weight of 44 tons in the pre- and end-haulage on the road

according to part 3 paragraph §34 – axle load and weight – paragraph 6 n° 6 of the

German national road traffic licensing regulations StVZO

suspension from the ban on HGVs driving on Sundays and general holiday according

to paragraph §30 of the German national road traffic licensing regulations StVZO

when being used in pre- and end-haulage

charge of the time spent by the lorry driver on a ferry and on a train (which is the

rolling road RoLa) on the daily rest period (European regulation EWG Nr.3820/85

section V article 7 paragraph 4), but which can be interrupted for less than an hour

(regulation EWG Nr.3820/85 section V article 9)

suspension from vehicle tax of vehicles being used exclusively in pre- and end-

haulage according to paragraph § 3 n° 9 letter a vehicle tax law KraftStG

reimbursement of the vehicle tax when the rolling road is being used according to

paragraph § 4 article 1 and 2 of the vehicle tax law KraftStG

The German ministry of transport, construction and urban affairs (BMVBS) introduced a road

toll system (Maut) in 2004 for HGV with more than 12 tons which had been expected to result

in some modal shift. From a statistical point of view this could not be verified as a significant

effect.

Page 114: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 108

A longer political dispute has been taken place regarding longer and heavier commercial

vehicles on the road (60 tons, 25.25 m) and their effect on intermodal transport. The German

ministry of transport, construction and urban affairs (BMVBS) had ordered two studies which

came to the conclusion that the economical gain for the road side is obvious but the losses for

intermodal transport may be up to one third. In September 2007 the conference of transport

ministers from the national and Lands ministries had decided by the majority to stick to the

existing regulations and not to extend the maximum dimensions and weight limit.

The following financial aid had been enforced to support intermodal transport and to

compensate the special situation of this type of transport:

Financial aid is provided for research, development and investment on regional, national and

European level within a program or on single basis covering all developing states from

concept to realization.

Research and development is supported by the ministry for transport BMVBS, research

BMBF and mainly economy BMWi in the two programs “mobility and transport” and

“mobility and transport technology” and by the European Commission namely in the 7th

framework program. National projects have to end up with a test installation (prototype).

Also it has to be distinguished between the direct financial aid through providing subsidized

credits or grants and the indirect financial aid through reduced taxes or legal measurements

(e.g. increased total weight of road vehicle).

To stimulate new and extend existing services and infrastructure for intermodal transport

several programs had been introduced. In Germany the following direct aid exists:

The German ministry of transport, construction and urbain affairs (BMVBS) provides grants

for the construction and extension of publicly available terminals for intermodal transport

published as a directive dated 10.03.2006, enforced 01.04.2006 and being renewed after its

deadline 31.12.2008, but being itself a replacement of a previous directive valid 2002 to 2005.

Since 01.05.2005 the German ministry of transport, construction and urban affairs (BMVBS)

provides stimulating and investment grants for newly introduced intermodal transport services

with a deadline 30.04.2008. As this grant is comparable to the Marco Polo program and

therefore overlapping it has not been renewed.

Requests for financial aid can be submitted anytime to the national railway administration

EBA department 44 regarding rail-road-terminals and to the national waterway administration

WSD West regards water-road-terminals and trimodal terminals.

Behind EBA and WSD the manager of the German Research Association for Intermodal

Transport SGKV serves as an advisor evaluating terminal proposals. Some 15 years ago there

was a committee doing that job but as the experts came from the operators with the

consequence that more and more competitive conflicts arose it had been decided to

concentrate it on one person. Evaluation is done on four mainly qualitative criteria regarding

competition to surrounding terminals, connection to the main line network, economic

feasibility (to be proved by the applicant) and open access to the terminal infrastructure and

services.

Page 115: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 109

3.10.3 Norwegian Freight Policy and Regulations

In Norway, the conditions for intermodal transport are different from the conditions in

Sweden in the sense that the topography of the Norwegian fjords and mountains make

transportation difficult.

The Norwegian road and rail network has greater gradients than in Sweden and does not allow

as heavy trains/vehicles. Moreover, the length of vehicles in Norway is considerably shorter

than in Sweden. In Sweden and Finland a road vehicle of 25.25 m is allowed, compared with

18.75 m in Norway. Furthermore, the road vehicles are allowed to be 2550 mm wide

compared to Sweden's 2600 mm. This affects the utilization of different load units or load

units combinations used. Swap bodies class C are more profitable in Norway where two swap

bodies are loaded onto the same truck, compared to a truck with a semitrailer, in order to use

the maximum vehicle regulations.

The railway infrastructure in Norway did not allow transportation of semi-trailers until

2003/04 when the infrastructure loading gauge was expanded to P407. Now, this market

segment is growing fast and 20% of the load units transported in Norway is semi-trailers,

Swap bodies is still, by far, the dominating load unit. The growth in Norway (estimated to

300 000 units) is in the semi-trailers segment.

3.10.4 Swedish Freight Policy and Regulations

Regulatory changes, which occurred in the Swedish road network since the railway reform in

1988 have, above all, favored road transportation. Three major changes have been done:

Trucks‟ gross weight has increased in two steps from 51,6 ton to 56,0 ton in 1989 and

from 56,0 ton to 60,0 ton in 1993. This has enabled a 22% increasing in net weight

and a general price reduction in the transport market.

In 1972, Sweden adopted 24 meters length for trucks, which was a demand from the

forestry industry. Sweden allows trucks up to 25,25m length since 1997 if they follow

the standards according to the European Modular System concept. For palletized gods

it means that additional pallets can be loaded compared with a truck 24 m long.

Road taxes were revoked due to competition reasons in 1993.

Sweden‟s generous rules for trucks have influenced, in a negative way, the possibilities for

development and establishment of an intermodal transport system. Modifications occurred in

the competition between rail, intermodal transport solutions and long trucks have diminished

intermodal transport‟s potential (Banverket, 2007/b). This is shown by Cardebring and Lundin

(2007) that demonstrate a decrease of 13% in road traffic if road taxes were reinstalled. The

result is supported by the experience of other countries that have implemented road taxes to

heavy trucks (Gustafsson et al., 2007).

3.10.5 Swiss Freight Policy and Regulation

The Swiss freight transport policy aims at a more sustainable freight transport with the

following objectives (www.are.admin.ch, Ruesch (2007)):

Page 116: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 110

The single modes should be used to their comparative advantages and intermodal in a

suitable way.

The (public) land transport relieve the roads from road freight transport.

The high share in rail freight should be kept.

Modal shift from road freight transport to rail and intermodal transport

Improving attraction and capacity for alpine crossing rail freight transport (including

intermodal transport).

Relating to transalpine freight transport the following laws and regulations are relevant, which

are based on public votes in the beginning of the nineties:

Article 84 of the Swiss constitution: this article is the basis for the protection of the

alps against negative impacts of heavy goods transport by

Modal shift of transalpine freight from road to rail (including intermodal transport)

Not increasing the road transport capacity through the alps.

Based on the article 84 the traffic transfer act of 8th October 1999 defines the explicit modal

shift target:

Reduction of the number of heavy goods vehicles crossing the alps by road to a

maximum of 650‟000 trucks per year (in 2005 approx. 1.2 million. trucks)

This reduction must be reached two years after the opening of the new Lötschberg rail

tunnel through the Alps (in 2009).

This policy has been contractual secured with the European Union by the bilateral land

transport agreement which was put in place in 2002.

Main pillars of the Swiss freight transport policy are the Swiss heavy vehicles fee, the

increase of railway capacity through the Alps and the railway reform (see Fig. 27). These

measures are accompanied by further measures supporting intermodal and also railway

transport as international support of railway transport, financial support of rolling motorway,

funding of intermodal terminals in and outside of Switzerland, subsidies for unaccompanied

intermodal transport, reduction of railway infrastructure charges, monitoring of productivity

improvements in railway transport, partial reimbursement of the heavy vehicles fee for trucks

used in the pre- and end haulage of intermodal transport and road truck traffic management.

Page 117: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 111

Figure 50 The pillars of the Swiss freight policy (source: UVEK)

All the measures of the strategy above support and promote intermodal transport in one or the

other way. In the following chapters the most important measures to support and promote

unaccompanied intermodal transport are outlined.

3.10.5.1 Measures directly influencing intermodal transport

Funding of intermodal terminals: Based on national laws and regulations, Switzerland can

fund intermodal terminals to promote intermodal transport and to reach a modal shift.

Elements financed are: buildings, acquisition or renewal of infrastructure, installations and

equipment; extension of railway infrastructure for intermodal terminals; the acquisition of

rolling stock for intermodal transport; and other investments to facilitate intermodal transport.

The maximum share of co-financing is 80%, with 20% financed by the terminal investor. The

share is depending on the political interest and the degree of economic viability. The

following minimum requirements have to be fulfilled:

A modal shift from road to intermodal transport has to be proved.

For the location, a need for trans-shipment capacity has to be accounted for.

Investment is necessary for transport policy aims to be achieved.

Terminals will not be built without financial aid.

A main requirement for funding is achieving the political aims with an acceptable cost/benefit

factor. Specific for the Swiss funding scheme is that it is possible to fund terminals in other

countries if these cause a modal shift in Switzerland. In addition to the law and regulations,

there is a directive describing the process and content of how to deal with funding requests.

The requirements to be fulfilled by the applicant are fairly strict, so there is a good chance that

the conditions are fulfilled and the objectives are achieved. Switzerland funded terminals in

2002 with 25 Mio CHF, 2003 with 75 Mio. CH, 2004 with 49 Mio. CHF, 2005 with 12 Mio

CHF (1CHF=0.6 EU). In the coming years a funding of 40 Mio CHF per year is expected.

Page 118: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 112

Figure 51 Intermodal terminals with Swiss Investments (source: UVEK)

Railway reform: The first step of the railway reform came into force on 1st January 1999.

This package included the organisational and accountable separation of infrastructure and

traffic, the implementation of the ordering principle for operational subsidies, regulation for

the railway network access and the liberalisation of the railway traffic. Further

implementation steps of the railway reform are in preparation taking into consideration also

an independent railway track slot management.

New railway tunnels through the Alps: With these railway projects the political aims for

modal shift can be supported by making rail freight more efficient (shorter leading times,

higher productivity) and more reliable. The commencement of operations was 2007 for the

Lötschberg route and planned in 2017 for the Gotthard route.

Figure 52 New railway tunnels through the alps (sources: Alptransit Gotthard, BLS Alptransit)

Subsidies for unaccompanied intermodal transport: Subsidies based on ordering intermodal

transport by the Swiss government is one of the central measures to support intermodal

transport. Since the year 2000 these subsidies are paid to the operators which provide the

Page 119: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 113

intermodal services. In agreements with the operators all the relevant parameters as the

number of trains and consignments and the subsidy per relation is defined. According to the

origin and destination area fixed subsidy amounts are distributed to the operators. In 2006

more than 1,2 million intermodal consignments have been subsidized, 900‟000 in transalpine

traffic. This is more than 1/3 of the whole intermodal transport through the Swiss alps. The

following figure shows the split of financial support to intermodal transport and related

measures.

Figure 53 Financial support per year (source: UVEK)

Reduction of railway infrastructure charges: This is a supporting measure to make the railway

transport more competitive against road transport. The subsidies cover for intermodal

transport two third of the infrastructure costs relating to the maintenance and the full

contribution of margin. Relating to railway transport the subsidies cover only the contribution

of margin and they will be cut back when the full heavy vehicles fee is implemented.

Partial reimbursement of the heavy vehicles fee for trucks used in the pre- and end haulage: In

Switzerland the Heavy goods vehicles fee was introduced in 2001 for trucks > 3.5t (see next

chapter). Heavy goods vehicles which are used in the pre- and end haulage of intermodal

transport get a reimbursement of 14 to 22 Euro per transshipment depending on the size of the

loading unit. This measure should contribute to a modal shift from road to intermodal

transport in import/export and inland freight transport. The freight regulation was adapted in

the last years and new laws were introduced in January 2010.

3.10.5.2 Measures indirectly influencing intermodal transport

Heavy goods vehicles fee: The Heavy Vehicles Fee (HVF) in Switzerland was implemented

in 2001 mainly to internalize external costs of road freight transport, to reach a modal shift

and to compensate the increase of the 28 t limit for trucks to 40 tons. The calculation of the

fee considers the distance driven, the weight of the vehicle and the emission standard. All

vehicles above 3.5 t have to pay this fee for the use of all public roads. For a 40 t standard

truck the charge level is 0.65 Euro per km. Figure 31 shows the system size of the HVF and

the equipment for the trucks. Operator of the HVF system is the Swiss Customs Authority.

The HVF gives incentives to increase the utilisation degree and to use low emission vehicles.

The revenues are used to finance big railway infrastructure projects and roads.

Page 120: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 114

Figure 54 HVF System Size and On Board Unit (Rapp Trans AG)

Heavy goods vehicles management on alpine crossing: To improve safety in road tunnels

through the Alps and to homogenize the traffic flows a heavy truck metering system has been

introduced on Swiss Alpine crossings. The concept includes a capacity management with

metering of heavy truck traffic at the tunnel entrance so that a minimum of 60 trucks per hour

(high car volumes) and a maximum of 150 trucks per hour (low car volumes) per direction

can pass the tunnel. Parking and waiting areas along the access motorway are also part of the

system. There a rough pre-metering takes place. If the capacity of the tunnel is overstepped a

ban to use the tunnels is put in place.

Figure 55 Truck metering system on Swiss alpine crossings (Rapp Trans AG)

Truck information system: In 2001 the Swiss Federal Roads Authority has set up a dedicated

information system for trucks (www.truckinfo.ch) with a focus on transalpine traffic. Main

objectives were that traffic management measures need to be explained to the truck industry,

that dynamic information on traffic conditions has to be enhanced in order to limit the impacts

of temporary closures (snow, accidents, etc.) and to promote the use intermodal transport.

Main features of the service are real time information on the road and rail traffic situation,

Page 121: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 115

weather forecasts and information related to road conditions, explanation of permanent traffic

management and the policy background and an intermodal routing.

Further elements are timetables for intermodal alternatives and information on driving

restrictions. The operation is based on a Public Private Partnership under the lead of the Swiss

Federal Roads Authority.

Figure 56 Truck Information System (Rapp Trans AG)

Enforcement of road transport regulations: To improve road safety and to provide a fair

competition Switzerland intensified the enforcement of the relevant road transport regulations

relating to driving and resting hours, weight, vehicle and driver conditions. The concept also

includes Heavy Goods Vehicles service centers at key locations on the motorway network.

Page 122: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 116

3.11 Conclusions and outlook

In this study we have compared the intermodal transport situation in the Mint Corridor

containing Austria, Norway, Switzerland, Sweden and Germany. We have also compared the

content and results with previous studies by Woxenius and Bärthel from 1994, 2002, 2004.

We will in this chapter present the results and also try to give an outlook of the probable

continuation.

The intermodal freight transport volumes have increased by 500 % since 1988 and hence the

market share has risen to a level of 4-5 % on the European market. The growth of intermodal

transport has occurred in three independent phases. In the first phase, intermodal freight links

was established through the Alps and by ferries as an infrastructure replacement function. In

the second phase the growth of intercontinental container shipping and the competition

between the European ports called for the development of intermodal dry port networks

connecting major ports with inland terminals. The third phase is currently in progress and is

based on large shippers and transport service providers strategies to establish intermodal

freight transport corridors, mainly for semitrailers, in the north-south bound axis from

Scandinavia to Italy. Several of these corridors have been implemented based on subsidies

from the European Union through the Marco Polo program. A future problem is still that road

freight transport is growing faster than the supply and capacity of alternative transport modes.

This will increase the congestions on the road infrastructure, increase the environmental

problems and create other negative external effects for Europe.

The deregulation of the European railway system and in parallel the intermodal freight

transport system started in the end of the 1980s and has, despite heavily opposition from the

former national rail authorities, changed the supply situation from a monopolistic to a semi-

deregulated market situation. All new operators might be regarded as niche operators, since

they have entered the markets for short- and medium haul for large freight flows, i.e. the

markets for block or shuttle trains, for low value products, as bulk flows, and container

shuttles. In parallel to the establishment of new operators the national railway companies and

the traditional intermodal operators have lost large market shares on the container hinterland

market. Hence, the deregulation has increased the competition on the European markets for

block and shuttle trains, but the former railway authorities still have a monopolistic situation

on the market for wagon loads.

The direction and progress of the deregulation process distinguishes in several aspects

between the countries in the MINT corridor. In the Nordic countries the initial semi-

deregulation phase begun in 1988, when new entrants were allowed to establish freight

transport in co-operation with the national rail operator. The initial phase was followed by a

second phase in 1996 and today, after fifteen years, the Swedish market might be regarded as

the most commercially open rail market in Europe. Today the Scandinavian market is

characterized by a division between transport operators, rail traffic/infrastructure managers.

There is no discrimination regarding e.g. allocation of time slots, regarding track fees or

power supply and access to intermodal terminals

An effect of the deregulation and the new entrants on the intermodal transport market is a

significant change in attitudes towards intermodal freight transport and hence changed

willingness to adopt strategies towards an increased utilization of intermodality, since a

strategic decision towards intermodality is not connected to a single rail operator.

Page 123: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 117

Deregulation has also forced the railway industry towards lower prices on block and shuttle

trains and increased external and internal quality.

Some large operators have changed strategies or developed their position through new

strategic alliances, and have thus got fast access to new geographical or service markets. The

shipping lines have, in co-operation with inland operators, established new intermodal service

providers in order to control a larger part of the intermodal transport chain. Most of these

new intermodal operators are still found in the Northern part of the MINT corridor, including

Germany and Sweden.

The discussion whether the terminal should be a part of the infrastructure was initiated in the

beginning of the 21st century. The question is crucial under the current EU framework in

which the infrastructure is a government concern while operators should be open for

competition. In most countries, except Sweden, the terminal infrastructure is highly

subsidized, but it might end up in the situation where the infrastructure is supplied by the

public infrastructure providers at a marginal social costs and the terminal operation is up for

tender at commercial cost. No final decision is made, but in Germany and Sweden the number

of private terminal operators is significantly higher than in Austria, Norway and Switzerland.

The European Commission plays an important role in the development of intermodal border

crossing transport chains in the MINT corridor. Several intermodal operators have established

intermodal transport chains based on subsidies from the Marco Polo program as van Dieren,

Volvo Logistics, DHL and based on national funding from Austria LKW Walter. This

indicates the importance on financial subsidies to overcome the often mentioned inertia of

change closely related to the transport business characterized by short-term contracts and low

profitability. Negotiations between intermodal service providers are more or less

characterized by buy-sell relations rather than partnership in order to create win-win

situations. Subsidies for intermodal transport are not a long term solution. Subsidies should be

limited to infrastructure and to start up aids for the operation of new intermodal services

There is a severe lack of capital for intermodal investments and for intermodal operator,

entrepreneurs and inventors this is one of the main barriers for development or significant

change in the intermodal systems. A new market for leasing rail engines, wagons, and engine

drivers has occurred, but most of the traction service is still on short and medium range, but

especially leasing engines have lowered the entry barriers significantly.

In order to balance the socio-economical costs from the transport system the countries in the

MINT corridor are working with different principles and measures. In Switzerland, Austria

and Germany road fees have been introduced for Heavy Vehicles since the year 2000. The

level of fee differs between the countries, but in general two effects might be distinguished. A

HVF increases the load factor and hence the resource utilization in the transport system and

has some effect on the modal split. In Germany the allowed gross weight of trucks are higher

in intermodal transport chains, compensating the heavier units needed for intermodal

transport. Though, to increase the intermodal modal share, more than marginally, the lead

time and time reliability need to be improved. This combination of improvement of the cost-

quality ratio is vital for intermodal freight transport in the future, but is not present in the

Swedish transport policy. Compared to the other countries the shippers in Sweden argue that

there are no incentives towards increased intermodal transport, rather a support for increased

road transports due to long time investments in road infrastructure and increased gross weight

for trucks. Hence there is need to develop further measures to shift road freight to intermodal

Page 124: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 118

transport on the MINT transport corridors (e.g. slot reservation system and new measures to

increase time reliability for freight transport related to passenger trains).

During Finland's principal responsibility for the EU in autumn 2006, the European

Commission announced the need to develop and implement information and communications

technology in order to better track shipments and to control logistics chains more properly.

Specifically it highlighted the importance of developing RFID support in logistics chains to

prevent and manage delays. There have been some attempts from the European Union in

order to develop ICT-systems for intermodal freight transport, but still most systems are

applications developed for an operators own production or service system and not for the

complete intermodal transport chains. These applications make their own administration and

production processes more efficient, exchanging orders and billing information with the

coordinating actor. Lack of ability to track and trace shipments and loading units has for long

been regarded as a disadvantage in intermodal freight transport, but an introduction do not

solve the problem regarding time reliability but provides sufficient information for the

consignee to reorganize and re-plan his activities.

The intermodal operators have abandoned the production philosophy to shunt and marshal

intermodal wagons through a network of terminals and marshalling yards. The large operators

as well as the new entrants have almost solely adapted the simple strategy with fixed

formation train sets operated in regular train loops. The production costs are 10-15 lower, but

require large volumes to be consolidated on the terminal and thus long pre and post haulage.

In order to increase the intermodal market significantly the visionary system need to be able

to penetrate the market for small and dispersed freight flows. Attempts have been made to

introduce more flexible systems, with corresponding innovative productions philosophies, but

neither in Sweden nor in Switzerland the implementation of a long-term profitable system

have succeeded.

There are attempts to increase vehicle sizes and train size, but all these parameters are limited

by the infrastructure. Increased sizes must be matched against frequency needs and

transshipment productivity gains. Hence, it is also important to be able to co-produce and

integrate different services with different characteristics in the same system and different and

flexible network designs to utilize the transport and terminal resources efficiently. Using more

flexible production philosophies will save 10 % of the travel distance in a consolidation

network (Woxenius and Bärthel, 2008). Hence, there is need to develop new efficient and

high quality operational concepts and integrated terminal network for serving regional or

national terminals, e.g. in bundling networks or line terminal networks. This includes

development or re-development of the terminals since the today‟s intermodal terminal

network cannot fulfill the today requirements; e.g.. additional capacity is needed;

Improvement of existing terminal infrastructure and improvements of the terminal-line

interface.

Shippers, forwarders and hauliers frequently investigate the options to increase utilization of

intermodal freight transport, but often mention the poor cost-quality ratio, lack of accessibility

to intermodal terminals and the complex organizational structure as three driving factors for

not using intermodal freight transport. There is a need for a significant cost-quality leap in

intermodal freight transport, primarily related to frequency and reliability in order to improve

the competitiveness of intermodal freight transport. The cost component differs between the

countries and between different actors, but in general the break even distance is 200-350 kms

for port-hinterland connections and 400-500 km for intercontinental or domestic

Page 125: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 119

transportation. Transshipment and pre/end haulage constitutes 50-70 % of the transport chain

costs for domestic transportation. From an operational point of view domestic transportation

is regarded as acceptable, but in the border crossing intermodal freight transport chains there

are still problems due to technical and organizational interoperability between the different

national traffic and infrastructure systems. The change towards closer co-operation between

the organizations in the transport chains has decreased the disadvantage, but still there is a

significant difference when observing domestic and international connections.

From a supply side the decreasing free infrastructure capacity is and further will be a problem

for intermodal freight transport in the future. The prioritization of passenger transport in

combination with lack of terminals (geographical coverage), lack of standardized load units

and administration hampers the competitiveness of intermodal freight transport.

Page 126: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 120

References

Aastrup, J. (2002) Networks producing intermodal transportation. Dissertation, Department

of Marketing, Copenhagen Business School, Copenhagen.

Backman, H. and Nordström, R. (2002) Improved Performance of European Long Haulage

Transport, TFK Report 2002:6E, Stockholm.

Swedish Rail Administration (2007c) Development of the capillary infrastructure -

(Utveckling av det kapillära järnvägsnätet – redovisning av Banverkets regeringsuppdrag), In

Sweidsh, Dnr F07-3339/SA10, Banverket Samhälle och Marknad.

Bark, P. and Skoglund, M. (2009) Utveckling av nytt system för gaffelhantering av

intermodala lastbärare, TFK Rapport 2009:4; Stockholm.

Bergqvist, R. (2007) Studies in regional logistics: the context of public-private collaboration

and road-rail intermodality, Göteborg, BAS.

BMVBS (2006) Richtlinie zur Förderung von Umschlaganlagen des Kombinierten Verkehrs

http://www.bmvbs.de/Anlage/original_955401/Foerderrichtlinie-von-Umschlaganlagen-des-

Kombinierten-Verkehrs.pdf.

BMVBS (2006) Verkehrswirtschaftliche Auswirkungen von innovativen

Nutzfahrzeugkonzepten.

BMVIT (2007) Verkehr in Zahlen Österreich - Ausgabe 2007, Bundesministerium für

Verkehr, Innovation und Technologie, Wien. Entnommen von

http://www.bmvit.gv.at/verkehr/gesamtverkehr/statistik/downloads/viz07gesamt.pdf am

17.5.2008.

Bukold, S. (1996) Kombinierter Verkehr Schiene/Strasse in Europa – Eine vergleichende

Studie zur Transformation von Gütertransportsystemen, Dissertation, Peter Lang Verlag.

Bundesamt für Raumentwicklung (2005) Alpenquerende Güterverkehrserhebung 2004. 2005.

Bärthel, F. and Woxenius, J. (2003) The Dalecarlian Girl - Evaluation of the implementation

of the Light-combi concept, Paper presented at the AGS (Alliance for Global Sustainability)

Annual Meeting, University of Tokyo, 24-27 March, 2003.

Bärthel, F. and Woxenius, J. (2004) Developing Intermodal Transport for Small Flows over

Short Distances, Transport Planning and Technology, 27(5), p. 403-424.

Bärthel, F. and Cardebring, P. (2007) Intermodal statistics, Interim report in the project

RoadPrice, SiR-C Rapport, Borlänge.

Bärthel, F. (2011/a) Assessment of Intermodal line terminals, TFK Report, Stockholm (In

Swedish).

Bärthel, F. (2011/b) Innovative intermodal transport systems for semitrailers, TFK Report,

Stockholm (In Swedish).

Page 127: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 121

Cardebring, P. W. and Lundin, M. (2007) Effects of road user charges for heavy goods

vehicles and the potential to influence modal-split, BMT Transport Solutions, Hamburg.

Demker, G. (2000) Geographical aspects on combined transport in Sweden (Geografiska

aspekter på kombitrafiken i Sverige), Kulturgeografiska institutionen vid Göteborgs

Universitet Choros 2000:3.

Destatis (2009) Press release 05.06.2009 and 10.06.2009, Eisenbahnverkehr 2008.

DIOMIS (2006) Developing Infrastructure and Operating Models for Intermodal Shift

(DIOMIS). Workpackage A1 - Trends in Domestic Combined Transport. Unpublsihed project

report. Frankfurt am Main – Freiburg, November 2006

ECORYS et al. (2005) Integrated Services in the intermodal chain, Final report, European

Commission.

ERA-NET TRANSPORT (2007) Overview of research programming and cooperation

mechanism, Jan 2005; update: Austrian Federal Ministry of Transport, Innovation and

Technology (ENT member), August 2007).

Flodén, J. (2007) Modelling intermodal freight transport: the potential of combined transport

in Sweden, Dissertation, BAS, Göteborg.

Gustafsson, I., Cardebring, P. W. and Fiedler, R. (2007) Road User Charging for Heavy

Goods Vehicles - an Overview of Regional Impact, BMT Transport Solutions, Hamburg.

HUPAC (2008) Annual Report 2008.

ICF (2010) Annual Report 2009.

InHoTra (2005) Innovative Intermodal Transshipment Technology – WP2 report.

Jensen, A. (1987) Kombinerade transporter – system, ekonomi och strategier,

Transportforskningsberedningen, Stockholm.

Jensen, A. (2008, red) Customer and Agent initiated intermodal transport chains – a pre

study, (Kund- och agentinitierade intermodala transportsystem – en förstudie), SiR-C

Rapport, Handelshögskolan vid Göteborgs Universitet.

Konings, J.W. and Kreutzberger, E. (2001) Towards a Quality Leap in Intermodal Freight

Transport, Theoretical Notions and Practical Perspectives in Europe, TRAIL Research

School, Delft University Press.

Lundberg, S. (2006) Shipper’s valuation of factors affecting the transport market

(Godskunders värderingar av faktorer som har betydelse på transportmarknaden), Research

Report, TRITA-TEC-LIC 06-001, Järnvägsgruppen, Kungliga tekniska högskolan,

Stockholm.

Macharis, C. och Bontekoning, Y.M. (2004) Opportunities for OR in intermodal

freighttransport research: A review. European Journal of Operational Research 153, 400-416.

Page 128: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 122

Manheim, M. L. (1979) Fundamentals of Transportation Systems Analysis, Volume 1, MIT

Press.

NEA, Hacon, Rapp Trans, Gruppo Clas (2008) Terminal Study on the freight corridor

Rotterdam - Genova. 2008.

Nelldal, B-L. (red.) (2005) Efficient trains systems – a system approach (Effektiva tågsystem

för godstransporter – en systemstudie). A synthesis in Swedish, Report 0502, Railway Group,

Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm.

Nelldal B-L., Bark P., Wajsman J. and Troche G. (2005) Competitive intermodal freight

transport systems (Konkurrenskraftiga kombitransportsystem), KTH Järnvägsgruppens

rapport 0513, Kungl Tekniska Högskolan, Stockholm.

Nelldal, B.-L., Troche, G. and Wajsman, J. (2009) Effects of road vehcle fees in Sweden

(Effekter av lastbilsavgifter - Analys av effekter av införande av avståndsbaserade

lastbilsavgifter på konkurrens och samverkan mellan järnväg och lastbil), Reserach Report

TRITA-TEC-RR 09-002, Järnvägsgruppen vid Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan, Stockholm.

Nozick, L.K. and Morlok, E.K. (1997) A Model for Medium-Term Operations Planning in an

Intermodal Rail-Truck Service. Transportation Research A 31(2), 91-107.

Ohnell, S. and Woxenius, J. (2003) An Industry Analysis of Express Freight from a European

Railway Perspective, International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management,

33(8), pp. 735-751. CPL 1192.

PIARC TC B.4 Freight transport and intermodality (2009) Material of Working group B4.2:

Interfaces of freight transport on roads with other modes. (not published)

PIARC TC 2.4 Freight transport and intermodality (2007). Measures promoting alternatives to

the road and intermodal terminals.

Rapp Trans et al. (2009) PROMIT: Promote Innovative Intermodal transport. Deliverable

3.1-3.3 Best Practice Handbook. April 2009.

Rapp Trans AG (2010). Mengengerüst für den intermodalen Binnenverkehr der Schweiz.

SBB Cargo. März 2010.

Rapp Trans AG (2009). Terminallandschaft Schweiz. SBB Infrastruktur. 2009.

Rapp Trans AG (2007). KLV-Mengengerüst Schweiz und Gateway Terminal Zürich. Mai

2007.

Rapp Trans AG (2008) Modal Split Funktionen im Güterverkehr. SVI Bericht. 2009.

Rapp Trans AG (2006) Evaluation des KLV Bestellverfahrens. BAV.

Rapp Trans AG (2005) Vor- und Nachlauf im kombinierten Ladungsverkehr.

Forschungsauftrag SVI 1999/329 auf Antrag der Vereinigung der Schweizerischen

Verkehrsingenieure (SVI). UVEK/ASTRA. Juni 2005.

Page 129: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 123

RappTrans AG/ETH (2005) Ausgestaltung von Terminals für den (unbegleiteten)

Kombinierten Ladungsverkehr. Forschungsauftrag VSS 1998/189 auf Antrag des

Schweizerischen Verbandes der Strassen- und Verkehrsfachleute (VSS). UVEK/ASTRA, Juni

2005.

Rudel, R. 2002 Shifting the Paradigm in the Intermodal Rail-Road Haul Industry - A Case

Study from Switzerland, International Congress on Freight Transport, Automation and

Multimodality: Organisational and Technological Innovations. Delft, The Netherlands.

Ruesch, Martin (2007) Innovative governmental approaches to support and promote

intermodal transport on transalpine corridors through Switzerland. Paper and presentation

for the World Road Congress in Paris. 2007.

Ruesch, Martin and Debauche, Wanda and Jacob, Bernard (2009) A green shift for freight: An

European Perspective, Presentation at the PIARC Seminar on Sustainable Transport.

Timisoara, Romania, 16-18 September 2009.

Ruesch, Martin et al. (2000) Standort- und Transportkonzepte für den Kombinierten

Ladungsverkehr, Berichte des NFP 41 „Verkehr und Umwelt“, Bericht B2, Bern, 2000.

Schauerte (2009) Die Internationalisierung der europäischen Bahnen, Presentation given at

the IIR-Güterverkehrsforum in Vienna on the 27.4.09.

Schmidt (2009) Geschäftsmodell und Zukunftsperspektive des Einzelwagenverkehrs,

Presentation given at the IIR-Güterverkehrsforum in Vienna on the 27.4.09.

SGKV (2007) Förderung des Kombinierten Verkehrs.

SGKV (2007) Liste der Terminals des Kombinierten Verkehrs.

SIKA (2008/a) Rail Transport 2006 (Bantrafik 2006), Statens Institut för

Kommunikationsanalys, SIKA Statistik 2008.2, Stockholm.

SIKA (2008/b) Potential för överflyttning av person- och godstransporter mellan trafikslag,

SIKA Rapport 2008:10.

SPINALP (2009) Scanning the potential of Intermodal transport on alpine corridors:

Manual. April 2009.

Stokland, Ø., Sund-Björgen, and Netland, T. (2010) Challenges in intermodal logistics

networks and terminals - a Norwegian viewpoint, Paper presented at WCTR, 2010.

Storhagen, N. G. & Bärthel, F. & Bark, P. (2008) Intermodal transport of non-durable

products (Intermodala transporter av dagligvaror), TFK Rapport 2008:3, Stockholm.

Taylor, G.D., F. Broadstreet, T.S. Meinert and J.S. Usher (2002) An analysis of intermodal

ramp selection methods, Transport Research Part E: Logistics and Transportation Review, 38,

117-134.

Swedfreight (2009/a) Intermodal transport in 2009 – market, trends and outlook, Stockholm,

Maj 2009.

Page 130: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 124

Swedfreight (2009/b) Freight transport, Enterprises and the society in 2009,

(Godstransporterna, Näringslivet och Samhället) 2009, Stockholm, juli 2009.

VTI (2008) Longer road trains and their effects on the transport system (Långa lastbilars

effekter på transportsystemet), VTI 2008:10, Publikation.

VTT (2009) PROMIT: Promote Innovative Intermodal transport. Deliverable 5.3 Strategy

and Recommendations. March 2009. BMVBS (2001) Bericht des Bundesministeriums für

Verkehr, Bau- und Wohnungswesen zum Kombinierten Verkehr .

Wajsman, J. (2008) Potential for modal shift from road to rail (Överföring av gods från

lastbil till järnväg), PM 2008-11-07, Banverket och KTH.

Wenger, H. (2001) UIRR 30 Jahre, Brussels, UIRR.

Woxenius, J. (1994) Modelling European Combined Transport as an Industrial System,

Department of Logistics and Transportation, Chalmers University of Technology, Göteborg.

Woxenius, J. (1998) Development of Small-scale Intermodal Transport in a Systems Context.

Dissertation, Department of Logistics and Transportation, Chalmers University of

Technology, Göteborg.

Woxenius, J. och Bärthel, F. (2008) Intermodal Road-Rail Transport in the European Union,

In: Konings, R., H. Priemus & P. Nijkamp (eds.), The Future of Intermodal Freight Transport,

Concepts, Design and Implementation, Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK.

Page 131: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 125

Page 132: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 126

4 Interviews with intermodal actors and authorities about the use of strategic and tactical models

This chapter presents models and tools used ny actors and authorities to investigate, evaluate

and analyze costs and benefits for terminal networks as well as single terminals.

4.1 Introduction

The aim of the MINT project is to develop a comprehensive model and decision support

system of compatible and integrated models and to describe methods to investigate, evaluate

and analyze costs and benefits for terminal networks as well as single terminals. Evidently an

important basis for the project must be a good knowledge of what kind of tools that are used

in the process today. Therefore, an interview survey has been carried out among key actors

with a potential interest in modeling of intermodal transport in Sweden and Germany.

4.2 Aim

The design, redesign and operation of intermodal terminals and terminal networks are affected

by:

More or less explicit (standardized) procedures and processes.

A large number of variables and parameters.

European, national, regional and local laws and regulations.

System or technical standards and norms.

The tacit knowledge within the planning authorities and transport companies.

The knowledge and approaches developed and utilized within the transport industry,

infrastructure administrations and the research community influence the outcome of strategic,

tactical planning, design, evaluation and implementation processes. This knowledge and these

processes differ between the countries.

Problems can, in general, be divided into structured, semi-structured and un-structured

problems. Structured problem are narrow focused, frequent, routine decisions that easily can

be solved by computers and mathematical formulas, e.g. shortest route calculations. Non-

structured problems are infrequent, often strategic, problems that are not easily quantifiable

and that requires a lot of human experience, tacit knowledge, and interpretation in the

problem solving process, e.g. a company‟s decision to enter a new market. In between the two

problem types lie the semi-structured problems. These, often tactical, problems are a mix of

the quantifiable structured problems and the non-quantifiable un-structured problems.

Typically, these problems are the domain of the decisions support systems (DSS). As the

name implies, these are (computer) systems designed to support the decision, but not to

ultimately solve them. DSS consist for different kinds of modeling systems to provide input to

the further decision making process.

Page 133: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 127

As can be seen from the problem description in the beginning of this chapter, DSS and

modeling systems have the potential to greatly contribute to the design, redesign and

operation of intermodal terminals and terminal networks. It is therefore important to

investigate the current use of this type of systems among the concerned actors to find if these

types of systems are used today, and to what extent.

Considering the overall aim of the MINT-project to develop a comprehensive model and

decision support system, it is also of great importance to map any shortcomings of the current

systems.

Task 1.3 is subdivided into three subtasks

1. Development of semi-structured questionnaire for strategic an tactical models and

decision support systems

2. Interview with identified respondents in each country

3. Summing up and reporting

4.3 Methodology

The task started with the development of a semi-structured questionnaire (appendix 1) aimed

at actual and potential users of model systems. The purpose of the interviews was to get an

overview of the use of models in the industry and research community today and to identify

strength and weaknesses with the used models. If models are not used what is the reason for

that? Another question of interest is to find out who are the actual or potential users of model

systems for decision support and to identify user requirements that can/should be added to the

MINT-model.

The respondents were selected to represent organisations involved in the design and

evaluation of intermodal terminal networks on a strategic or tactical level. The selection was

based on the participating researchers several years experience from intermodal transport

research. All organisations identified as potential model users were contacted. From the list of

potential model users a few organisations were left out after discussions with the intended

respondent when they claimed that their needs of using a model system for decision support

were non-existent or very small.

The majority of actual and potential users were found in Germany where 15 interviews were

carried out. In Sweden 6 interviews and in Austria 3 interviews were performed.

A majority of the respondents represents consultants (13). National and regional public

authorities (5), transport operators (4), infrastructure operators (1) and university (1) make up

the rest.

4.4 The respondents area of research/analysis

In the first questions we asked for information in which area of research and analysis the

respondent was engaged. We defined five areas:

1. Macro level intermodal network analysis (e.g. national forecasts and planning, policy,

regulation, taxing).

Page 134: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 128

2. Infrastructure investment analysis (e.g. new roads, railways).

3. Network Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical, e.g. starting a new service,

number of trains to use. NOT day to day planning).

4. Terminal (node) location model.

5. Terminal Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical, e.g. terminal design or long term

changes, NOT day to day operations).

“Network planning and operations” (13) followed by” Macro level intermodal network

analysis” (10) was the most common areas. “Infrastructure investment analysis” was

mentioned by eight respondents while “Terminal planning and operations” was given as

activity area by seven and “Terminal location modeling” was less usual with only four

respondents.

Ten of the organizations are specialized in just one of the areas while only two reported

activity in all areas.

The number of people working with intermodal research and analysis varied very much

between the different organizations – from 1 to 55. All together the interviews covered

organizations with approximately 200 persons engaged in research and analysis in the

intermodal freight transport area. The average number of people per organization is highest by

the consultants and lowest by the authorities and, to our surprise by infrastructure operators.

The background of the employees working in the field is in most cases an academic degree

but in very different disciplines. Engineers and economists are common.

4.5 Model use

The chosen sample of organizations is for obvious reasons to a high degree using computer

models (the sample consisted of organizations which were potential or actual model users).

However, in some cases the organizations did not use models. Especially authorities and

consultants with a focus do not use models. Some organisations used consultants that used

models, although it was seldom required that the consultant should use a model to solve the

problem.

The given reasons for not using models in their own organisation are among others:

consultant with model contracted due to lack of expertise in-house

consultant with model contracted due to rare occasions (in-house expert not

justifiable)

expertise is delivered by appropriate partners

„no strategic decision are made about terminals”

decisions are based on personal experiences (sometimes instinct)

simple cost and qualitative indicators used

Page 135: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 129

no business in the intermodal field

lack of confidence in models

“Have not found any suitable models, but are much interested.”

On the question “Why do you use models” the most common answers are that the amount of

information is huge and that the complexity of the analysis is very high and models can help

to simplify the planning tasks. Another answer was that using models ensures that standards

are applied when planning intermodal transport systems or facilities.

In the interviews a lot of different models are mentioned. Some of them are in-house models

not accessible for “outsiders”. Others are well-known commercially accessible models. In

MINT Deliverable 2.2 an overview of models connected to intermodal freight transport are

described.

In the following table the names of the models mentioned in the interviews are listed

according to their purpose and theoretical background.

Table 17 Models mentioned by the interviewees listed according to purpose and theoretical

background (Based on Roland Frindik, Marlo Consultants).

Model use

Stochastic

simulation

Optimization Deterministic

calculations

Purpose

Macro level

intermodal network

analysis

DB model

Cube Cargo

Polydrom/SICO

DB model

WiVSim

Dismod

SimuGV

SAMGODS

Infrastructure

investment analysis

DB model

Cube Cargo

DB model SimuGV

SAMGODS

Network Planning

and Operations

(strategic, tactical)

DB model

Cube Cargo

Polydrom/SICO

Planimate

NEMO

DB model

Dismod

Intermodal4all

SimuGV, IMTIS

SPIN ALP

INTERIM-tool sets

Railsys, Open Track

Planimate

Terminal (node)

location model

ArcGIS Network

Analyst

Dismod

Railsys, Open Track

Terminal Planning

and Operations

(strategic, tactical)

Enterprise Dynamics

Planimate

SimConT

SimConT Railsys, Open Track

Planimate

Page 136: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 130

Most of these models are not specially developed to model intermodal transport systems but

freight transport in general or rail transport system. Therefore they have weaknesses to model

intermodal transport chains and intermodal operations.

On the question “Why have you selected these models?” the answers are of course different

between organizations who have chosen to develop models in-house and those who have

chosen to use available solutions.

The reasons to develop their own models could be:

available software do not deliver the appropriate features

available software cannot be adapted due to methodical reasons

available software cannot be adapted due to license reasons

user wanted to establish a unique expertise and tool

user wanted to establish a solution appropriate to their vast database

user want to keep exclusive rights to the model

user want to assure a long lasting solution (no dependency on provider)

the scientific status cannot be implemented with exisiting solutions

The reasons to use available solutions could be:

user has no indeep knowledge

user needs a fast implementation

using available solutions is more economic

adaptation is more efficient than starting from scratch

The organizations using models have in most cases used them for many years and often taken

part in the development of the software. There are few examples of changing to a completely

new model.

On the question “Which features do you miss in the models?” it is interesting to note that a

majority of the respondents point out deficiencies in the models even if they are the

developer. Evidently use of models “stimulates the appetite” for decision support tools.

Asked for “Which other methods do you use in your intermodal research?” the most common

answer is that they use cost-benefit-analyses (CBA) as a complement to the modeling results.

It is clear from the survey that models are rarely used for the design and development of

intermodal terminal networks. It appears that it does not come natural to look at models for

these kinds of problems. Simplified cost calculations and tacit knowledge are commonly used

to solve the problem. Models are sometimes used by government authorities, but very rarely

by commercial companies. There is no apparent lack of models, but the models used tend to

Page 137: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 131

be local models used only by the own organization or by a few organizations. There is no

clear market leader among the models.

The fact that most organizations tend to develop their own model or heavily adapt existing

ones can be caused by several factors. It could imply that the requirements are very specific

for each organization or that the current models are designed for specific problems. Many of

the locally developed models are not publically available, which also limits the number of

potential models to choose from.

None of the organizations that have started using models, have stopped using them. This

indicates that the users are satisfied with modeling as a tool. It is also possible that this is

influenced by the large work put into developing and adapting the models, since it is safe to

assume that an organization that has invested heavily in a model is less likely to abandon it.

The large workload included in developing the models might also be a reason for the

commercial companies to avoid using models. A large investment in a model, which

presumable also takes a long time to develop, must appear risky for a company. The risk is

obvious that the modeling project might fail or that the results are delivered to late.

Government agencies, that use more models, have a responsibility to supply the government

with decision support concerning intermodal investments etc. This decision support must, for

political reasons, be based on quantitative numbers. It is difficult to imagine a government

deciding on building a new road because it “feels right”. Tacit knowledge, experience and

simplified calculations are allowed to play a much larger role in decision making in a

commercial organization.

The potential user of a new model system, such as MINT, is clearly government but also

railways and intermodal service providers which also own and operate terminals.. The use of

models is a long term process for the organizations where they expect to be involved in the

development and adaptation of the model for their purposes. A new system must either adapt

to this or be able to provide a simple and fast solution to target the more commercial modeling

market.

Page 138: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 132

5 Strategic Intermodal Freight Transport Models - A Literature Review

There exist a large number of transport models. The MDir (Model Directory) database, for

example, lists 306 transport models only in Europe8. The models vary from very large and

complex models covering both passenger and freight transport, all transport modes and a large

geographical area, to smaller models of only one mode in a limited area. The level of

aggregation and simplification is also different between the models.

The MINT-project aims at developing a new model and decisions support system for

intermodal freight transport. As a part of the MINT-project, a review of existing freight

models is made in this report. The review will mainly be based on previous reviews, e.g. by

ME&P and WSP (2002), MOTOS (2007), Lundqvist and Mattsson (2002), on-line databases

such as MDir (Model DIRectory) (http://www.motosproject.eu/?po_id=mdir) or ATOM

(Access TO transport Models) (http://www.isis-it.net/atom/), previous knowledge of models

among the partners in the MINT-project and the results from the model user interviews in WP

1.3 in the MINT project. The focus is on computer models with a similar purpose as the

intended MINT-model. The models must also be standalone computer software(s)

implemented in a (more or less) user friendly environment. Pure mathematical models are

thus not included. The demand for transport can be externally given.

When a larger model consists of several sub-models, the review will focus on the model

responsible for the modal split. For example, the national Swedish transport model

SAMGODS contains several modules made in different software. What is interesting in this

review is the intermodal part, which is modeled in the STAN software. Thus, this review

includes the STAN-software but not the SAMGODS model. However, the full model is

included in cases where it is not possible identify an independent intermodal model in the

larger model.

5.1 Freight Transport Modelling

Traditionally, freight transport modelling is divided into four steps according to the classical 4

step model.

1. Production and attraction

2. Trip distribution

3. Modal split

4. Assignment

The four step model is not a “model” in itself, but rather a methodology of steps to perform as

a part of a complete transport model. A transport model does not have to include all four

steps, although some models do. The four step model is generally accepted and a useful

framework to classify the found models to in this literature review. The four step model was

8 Available on-line at http://www.motosproject.eu/?po_id=mdir Accessed October 2009.

Page 139: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 133

originally designed for passenger transport, but is also used also for freight transport. The four

steps will be explained in the following sections.

5.1.1 Production and attraction

This first step is concerned with determining to total goods volume going in and out from a

region. This step is not concerned with where the goods is going to or coming from, but only

with the production and attraction of a region. When proper freight statistics is missing, this is

normally performed by econometrics and statistical calculations based on geographical

characteristics, such as industry structure, company turnover, population or GDP. A review by

ME&P and WSP (2002) defines three main approaches to the production and attraction in

transport models.

1. Trend and time series models

The extrapolation of historical data into the future, e.g. regression models or time

series.

2. System Dynamic Models

Transport demand develops and changes over time using feedback to/from land use,

economy etc.

3. Input-Output models

Macro economics models where demand for transport is derived from economic

activity. This uses input-output matrixes, showing how the output of one industry is an

input to each other industry.

5.1.2 Trip Distribution

The second step concerns how the demand for transport is translated into origin/destination

pairs, i.e. what good is transported from where to where. This is based on the production and

attraction of a region from step 1 and uses factors such as transport cost and distances. The

review by ME&P and WSP (2002) defines two approaches to trip distribution. The most

common is the gravity model, where the interaction between two locations is assumed to

decline with increasing distance between them, due to increasing transport cost and time. The

other main approach is to use regional input-output models, i.e. perform the production and

attraction (step 1) with regional input-output matrixes, thus, receiving the trip distribution as

an output from that model.

5.1.3 Modal Split

The modal split step concerns the choice of transport mode. This concerns transport cost,

times, infrastructure etc., but is most often made on cost. ME&P and WSP (2002) separates

between aggregated and disaggregated modal split models. Aggregate models works on a

zone level and determines the share for each transport mode per zone, where disaggregate

models determines the modal split for each shipment. Both often use Logit models.

Multi-modal network models can also be used where the network (including all transport

modes) is defined as a number of links and nodes (e.g. terminals and transhipment points)

Page 140: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 134

with certain attributes, e.g. cost and time to use. A cost minimizing algorithm is used to

determine the modal split and route choice in the network.

The modal split might also be externally given to the model, i.e. as a part of the input data.

5.1.4 Assignment

This last step concerns the route choice in the network, e.g. which roads to use between A and

B. This is often made by choosing the shortest of fastest route using a shortest route

algorithm. This can also be included in the modal split step when a multi-modal network

model is used.

5.2 Transport Models

A model is a tool created to solve a problem. The model is dependent on the problem, but also

on the modeller and the choices that the person makes. Even if the problem is the same, two

models can thus can be designed in different ways and using different methods. It is also

important to differentiate between the underlying model, i.e. the tool in the form of some kind

of calculation model, and the implementation of the model to solve a specific problem, i.e. the

input data and specific adaptations of the model.

A transport system exists on several levels. The system can be divided in three levels: Freight

flows, Transport network and Transport infrastructure (Wandel, et al., 1992). See Figure 57

below. The top level represents supply chains in nodes and links and is the demand for

transport, e.g. number of shipments, size, time constraints, frequency etc. The second level

represents the transport network and its associated traffic, e.g. the movement of trucks and

trains on a transport network. This is derived from the freight flow level. The traffic is

performed on the bottom level consisting of the infrastructure in the transport system.

A transport model can work on any or all of the three levels. Strategic models commonly

work on the higher level concerning freight flows, but can also model the actual physical

transport on the middle level, or detailed routing on the bottom infrastructure level. Modelling

on the freight flow level concerns the larger flows, e.g. number of tones from A to B, viewed

as a continuous flow. Transport is modelled using generalised cost, e.g. cost per ton and

transported kilometre. Individual trucks, trains etc. are not considered on this level. Modelling

on a transport network level includes how the actual physical transport is performed in more

detail. Here, individual trucks, trains etc. are considered, although their behaviour, cost and

performance can still be generalised. Modelling on a transport infrastructure level includes

how the transport operates on the infrastructure in detail, e.g. including detailed routing,

driving time restrictions, speed variations etc. This is more common in operational models or

models intended to show different operations, e.g. terminals.

A review of Friedrich and Liedtke (2004) gives an overview, if and how logistic choice levels

are represented within freight transportation models. Considering logistics as link between

economic activity and the transportation system, a certain number of microeconomic

decisions lead from economic activity to vehicle flows on transportation infrastructure.

Page 141: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 135

Figure 57 Three levels in a transport system

The authors state, that there is a gap between the coverage of the micro level (the commodity

flows – perspective of individual decision makers) and the macro level (aggregate transport

load of infrastructure networks – perspective of transport planners and policy makers) in

transport modeling. This gap, called meso level, represents the combination of individual

flows to groups. By summing up these vehicle tours or train operations, the link to the macro

level can be set up. A review of planning problems faced by different actors in the intermodal

network can be found in Caris et.al (2008).

5.3 A review of models

The aim of this literature review is to give an overview of intermodal freight transport models

to be used as a background to the development of the MINT-model. The models must be a

stand-alone computer software (or several software connected).

The intention is to give a short overview of available models and not to evaluate and explain

the models in detail. This is referred to the references shown for each model and the previous

reviews.

The models have been divided into Strategic intermodal models and Terminal models. The

models are sorted in alphabetical order. A brief overview will also be given about rail models.

Page 142: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 136

5.4 Strategic Intermodal Models

Strategic is the “identification of long-term or overall aims and interests and the means of

achieving them”9 and is the highest of the three classical modelling levels:, operational,

tactical and strategic. Operational models concerns the routine and day-to-day operations (e.g.

route selection), tactical concerns attempts to reach a specific goal beyond the immediate

action (e.g. planning time tables for the next year), while strategic models focuses on long-

term decisions. Typical goals of a strategic model is to answer questions such as: What will be

the effect on modal split if a road tax is introduced?, How will the demand for transport

develop in the next 20 years?, Is it profitable to start a new intermodal transport service

between A and B?

A strategic model is often used as a Decision Support System (DSS). As the name implies,

this means that the model itself does not deliver the absolute answer to the question but is

only used as support to make the decision. The strategic model is used together with other

models and analyses to make the final decision. This is typical of the semi-structured and

unstructured decisions the strategic models are used for.

This particular review focuses on strategic models for intermodal freight transport. Intermodal

is in the perspective interpreted in a rather broad way and includes all models that includes

more than one transport mode and that includes transhipment between the modes.

Output from a strategic transport model normally includes modal split and costs. Some

models also include environmental effects and transport quality (e.g. transport times).

The strategic models must includes more than one transport mode and include transhipment

between the modes. At least step 3, Modal Split, from the four step model must be included.

The focus is on the underlying model and not the implementations of the model.

Many of the larger models in this review is closely linked to a certain geographical region and

designed for that region. This is particularly true for models including step 1 and 2 of the four

step model, as the design of these steps are very dependent on the geographical regions and

data availability. However, the focus in this review is on step 3, the modal split, and on the

associated output data (costs, flows, etc.), as step 1 and 2 are not included in the MINT-

model. It has been assumed that it is possible to use the modal split function in other

geographical areas. It should be noted that using one of these larger models on another

geographical area, most likely, will require extensive work on the model.

9 The Oxford Dictionary of English

Page 143: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 137

5.4.1 CUBE

Name CUBE

Abbreviation CUBE

Modal split Aggregated logit model

Four stage steps 1-4

Level modelled Transport network, Transport infrastructure

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation Citlabs

Introduced year n/a

Homepage www.citilabs.com

References

Comment

Cube is a commercial modeling software based on the ArcGIS software from ESRI. The

software consists of several modules for freight, passenger transport, land use, analysis,

microsimulation etc. The freight modeling is focused on forecasting freight flows, but covers

all 4 steps of the classical transport model. The modal choice is made by a multinomial logit

model. The new Swedish national freight model is being developed in Cube. Cube is here

used for as an interface and to manage the network. The modal split is made in a newly

develop model from the Dutch company Significance, which includes modeling of

consolidations at terminals and modeling of the logistics system.

Page 144: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 138

5.4.2 DISMOD

Name DISMOD

Abbreviation DISMOD

Modal split -

Four stage steps 4

Level modelled Transport network, Transport infrastructure

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation Fraunhofer IML

Introduced year Ca 2000

Homepage www.iml.fraunhofer.de/302.html

References

Comment

DISMOD is a commercial GIS based planning and optimisation tool for transportation

systems. The model was developed to optimise distribution and procurement networks. This

includes location optimisations and routing and scheduling problems. The model can handle

intermodal transport chains, but does not perform the modal split. An extended model called

DISMOD Multimodal that includes intermodal transport planning, terminal localisations and

intermodal routing is currently being developed.

Page 145: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 139

5.4.3 EUFRANET

Name European Freight Rail Net Model

Abbreviation EUFRANET

Modal split Nested logit model

Four stage steps 1-3

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation INRETS (Project coordinator)

Introduced year 2001

Homepage n/a

References EUFRANET (2001)

Comment EU 4th

framework programme

EUFRANET is a transport model with focus on the rail system and the intention to develop

the rail system in Europe for both passenger and freight. Rail is, thus, detailed modeled, but

with less accuracy on other modes. Modal split is made using a nested logit model.

Page 146: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 140

5.4.4 HIT-model

Name Heuristics Intermodal Transport Model

Abbreviation HIT-model

Modal split Disaggregated heuristics

Four stage steps 3

Level modelled Transport network

Presentation Tables, GIS partly

Author, organisation Jonas Flodén, School of Business, Economics and Law at University

of Gothenburg

Introduced year 2007

Homepage www.hgu.gu.se/item.aspx?id=15979

References Flodén (2007)

Comment

The HIT-model is a heuristic model and it takes its starting point in a competitive situation

between traditional all-road transport and intermodal transport, where the modal split and

potential of intermodal transport is determined by how well it performs in comparison with

all-road transport. The model can also be used as a tool to calculate the costs and

environmental effects of a given transport system.

A transport buyer is supposed to select the mode of transport offering the best combination of

transport quality, cost, and environmental effects. Intermodal transport is also required to

match, or outperform, the delivery times offered by all-road transport. Given a demand for

transport, the model determines the most appropriate modal split, sets train time tables, type

and number of trains, number of rail cars, type of load carriers, etc. and calculates business

economic costs, social economic costs and the environmental effects of the transport system.

The model is programmed in C++.

Page 147: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 141

5.4.5 KombiSim

Name KombiSim

Abbreviation KombiSim

Modal split Comparison

Four stage steps 3

Level modelled Transport network

Presentation Tables, diagrams

Author, organisation Karl Jivén, Mariterm AB

Introduced year 1999

Homepage www.mariterm.se

References Sjöbris and Jivén (1999), Mariterm (2001)

Comment Cost and environmental calculations of a given intermodal system

compared to direct road transport

KombiSim is a simulation model that calculates and compares the costs and environmental

effect of both intermodal road-rail transport and direct road transport for a given transport

demand. No modal split function is included. The model was created in 1999 by the

consultancy firm Mariterm AB (Sjöbris and Jivén, 1999) for the Swedish National Railway

Administration. The transport system (routes, timetables, capacities, etc.) is considered given.

A maximum of four trains, ten terminals, ten train routes and one type of load unit can be

modelled simultaneously. The model is built in the simulation software PowerSim with input

and output modules in Microsoft Excel and is commercially available.

Page 148: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 142

5.4.6 NODUS

Name NOUDS

Abbreviation NODUS

Modal split Multimodal Network Model

Four stage steps 3-4

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation FUCaM-GTM, Catholic university of Mons

Introduced year 1991

Homepage www.fucam.ac.be/nodus

References Jourquin and Beuthe (1996, 2001)

Comment

NOUDS is a network model developed by Jourquin and Beuthe (1996, 2001). It is graphical

software for analysing multimodal freight networks. The software aims at determining the

choice of modes and routes that minimises total transport cost. The software uses virtual

networks where each possible transhipment option and operations is represented by a link,

e.g. if a link can be operate by two different vehicles with the different (average) cost, then

this is represented by two links. Several new versions of the software have been released with

increased functionality concerning cost functions, assignment procedures etc. including cost

curves non-linear with the distance and capacity constrained assignment. Time is included as

a monetary cost. NODUS is also used in the DSSITP project where it is combined with a

location analysis model for intermodal terminals (LAMBIT) and a simulation model for barge

transport (SIMBA) to from a decision support system for intermodal transport (Macharis, et

al., 2009).

Page 149: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 143

5.4.7 The Platform project

Name The Platform project

Abbreviation n.a.

Modal split Multimodal Network Model

Four stage steps 3-4

Level modelled Transport infrastructure (Terminal), Transport network, Freight flow

Presentation Graphical user interface

Author, organisation Project coordination: Ingegneria dei Trasporti, Rome, Italy

Introduced year 1999

Homepage http://www.idsia.ch/platform/

References Rizzoli et al. (2002), Gambardella et al. (2002)

Comment

The Platform project, financed through the IV Framework Programme of the European

Community, had as one of the project aims the “implementation of a simulation environment

for the assessment of impacts produced by the adoption of different technologies and

management policies to enhance terminal performances”. Project outcomes are presented by

Rizzoli et al. (2002), who introduce an agent based system combined with a discrete-event

simulation software, using MODSIM III as development tool, for planning the flow of ITUs

using combined rail/road transport (among and) within inland intermodal terminals.

The model is built in three modules: a road network planning and simulation module, a

terminal simulation module and a corridor simulation module. The modules are designed to

work parallel and interchange information.

The user of the simulation model defines the terminal(s) with their internal characteristics and

arrival scenarios for trains and trucks. A timetable containing departure and arrival times

accounts for the travel times in the rail corridor between two terminals, also there is a

schedule for the truck arrivals. The model simulates the basic terminal internal processes

(loading and unloading of ITUs, also considering storage and buffer areas), gathering

performance indicators of the terminal equipment.

It is possible to simulate a single terminal, but also a network of terminals. The so gathered

statistics comprise equipment performance, ITU residence time and terminal throughputs.

Page 150: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 144

5.4.8 SimNet

Name SimNet

Abbreviation SimNet

Modal split Multimodal Network Model

Four stage steps 3-4

Level modelled Transport infrastructure (terminal), Transport network (service

network), Freight flows

Presentation n.a.

Author, organisation Edith Schindlbacher, BOKU University

Introduced year 2010

Homepage n.a.

References n.a.

Comment

SimNet is a simulation model to evaluate container terminal network behavior at a tactical

level. Given a certain transport infrastructure and transport service network, the flow of load

units through the considered network and thus the work load of the network links and nodes is

evaluated.

The flow of the load units through the network evolves from the branching-decisions made at

the network nodes. These decisions comprise factors as the share of direct moves, storage

time distribution or the transshipment distribution according to the served modi (share of

train-train, train-truck, truck-train … transshipment).

Of special interest are changes in the network flow as consequences of work overload of a

certain network infrastructure element, respectively exceptional events disrupting normal

operation. In such a case, the network nodes communicate with each other in order to

negotiate about rerouting opportunities in case of extraordinary transshipment demand, and

inform each other if planned container movements cannot take place (i.e. due to (partial)

breakdown of a terminal, capacity overload…), so that the other network participants can be

aware of additional free capacities, or can take over the loading units another one cannot

handle. In addition, link capacities and train schedules limit the rerouting possibilities.

Page 151: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 145

5.4.9 SimuGV

Name SimuGV

Abbreviation SimuGV

Modal split Aggregated logit model

Four stage steps 1-3

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical

Author, organisation BVU Beratergruppe Verkehr+Umwelt

Introduced year 2000

Homepage www.bvu.de

References Schneider (Schneider), Schneider, et al. (2003)

Comment

SimuGV is a freight forecast model used in the German Federal Transport Investment Plan. It

determines the modal split using a three-step nested logit model containing 13 different

modes. SimuGV contains tools for scenario definitions and visualisation. It also calculates the

terminal choice in intermodal transport using the location of terminals, service supply and

catchment area as input.

A user friendly version of the model is implemented in the model system MOSES (Strategic

Simulation and Modelling Tool for Rail Freight Transportation), which is used by Deutsche

Bahn. The MOSES system is aimed at rail planning and also includes several rail specific

modules, e.g. for train formation and timetable optimization.

Page 152: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 146

5.4.10 SMILE

Name Strategic Model for Integrated Logistic Evaluations

Abbreviation SMILE

Modal split Multimodal network model

Four stage steps 1-3

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation TNO-Inro

Introduced year 1998

Homepage www.tno.nl

References Tavasszy, et al. (1998)

Comment

The SMILE model was developed to produce forecasts to Dutch freight flows for a large

number of products and freight flows. The model takes a wider logistics view and includes

not only production and transport, but also inventory by including warehousing costs and

locating warehouses in the network. So called Make/Use tables are used to define input and

output from a region in tones, in contrast to the conventional input/output tables used in other

models that uses economic activity instead of tonnes. The modal choice is made using cost

minimization in the multimodal network while considering the value of time.

Page 153: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 147

5.4.11 STAN

Name Strategic planning of national and regional freight transportation

Abbreviation STAN

Modal split Multimodal Network Model

Four stage steps 3-4

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation INRO Consultants Inc

Introduced year 1990

Homepage www.inro.ca

References Guélat, et al., (1990) and Crainic, et al. (1990)

Comment

STAN is a multimodal network model based on work by Guélat, et al., (1990) and Crainic, et

al. (1990). The model is intended for strategic planning of freight flows and is integrated into

the commercial, interactive graphical STAN-software from INRO Consultants Inc in Canada.

The model works on a rather aggregate freight flow level. The model assigns transport flows

to different modes and routes with an aim to minimise the total system cost. The cost

functions consider prices, transport time and can also consider further variables as reliability,

value of the goods, risk of damage etc. (NEA et al., 2002). Generalised costs can be calculated

for transport on links, O-D pairs, transfers between modes and as well in the whole transport

system. Each link and transfer is assigned an average cost function, i.e. both the first and the

tenth load carrier on a link are assigned the same cost. Flows are handled on an aggregate

level. For example, the input flow in tons on a train route is converted a typical rail car for

that commodity on each train route and not necessarily conserved when transferred to the next

train route. Using this conversion, the number of trains on the link is calculated. Train

timetables, etc. are, thus, not used. Time is only included as a part of the delay cost functions.

The multimode multiproduct assignment can also consider capacity restraints.

The STAN software is used for national transport planning in several countries. In Sweden,

the STAN software is included in the SAMGODS model (SAMPLAN, 2001). SAMGODS

consists of several modules, e.g. demand modules and evaluation modules, where STAN is

used as the network module. STAN also has similar use in the Norwegian NEMO-model.

STAN was also used in Switzerland for the design and evaluation of intermodal terminal

location and transport networks (Ruesch et al. 2000).

The software has proved its worth as an aid for developing alternatives, estimating the effects

of various location and transport concepts and policy measures in freight and especially

intermodal freight transport (NEA et al., 2002). It can also be used as a network optimisation

Page 154: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 148

tool. In general it is suitable for strategic freight transport planning using aggregated data on

regional, national and international level.

5.4.12 STREAMS / SCENES

Name Strategic Transport Research for European Member States / European

Transport Scenarios

Abbreviation STREAMS /SCENES

Modal split Multinominal nested logit

Four stage steps 1-3

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation Marcial Echenique & Partners Ltd (Project coordinator)

Introduced year 2000/2002

Homepage n/a

References STREAMS (2000), Williams (2002), SCENES (2002)

Comment EU 4th

framework programme

The STREAMS model was designed to model and forecast all passenger and freight transport

in Europe and was later further developed in the SCENES project (ME&P and WSP, 2002).

It consists of several modules, where production and attraction is handled by an input-output

model called Regional Economic Model (REM). The transport network is a multi-modal

network with approximately 200 zones. The modal choice is performed by an aggregated

multinomial nested logit model in the module called Transport Model. The transport model

handles 10 commodity groups (13 in the SCENES model) grouped into solid bulk, liquid

bulk, semi-bulk and unitised freight.

Page 155: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 149

5.4.13 TransCAD

Name TransCAD

Abbreviation TransCAD

Modal split Network Model

Four stage steps 1-4

Level modelled Transport network, Transport infrastructure

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation Caliper Corporation

Introduced year 1985

Homepage www.caliper.com

References Caliper (2001)

Comment

TransCAD is a general GIS-software from Caliper Corporation (Caliper, 2001) that is specially

adapted for transport modelling. The system has its main focus on passenger traffic modelling, but it

might also be used for freight modelling. Several different solution algorithms and modules are

included in the software, however, no explicit function for intermodal freight transport exists. The

TransCAD software was used as a part in the TERMINET-model by Rutten (1995) to model short and

medium intermodal transport with a focus on determining suitable terminal locations and their

capacities in the Netherlands.

Page 156: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 150

5.4.14 TRANS-TOOLS

Name TOOLS for TRansport forecasting ANd Scenario testing

Abbreviation TRANS-TOOLS

Modal split Aggregated logit model

Four stage steps 1-3

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical, GIS

Author, organisation TNO-Inro (Project coordinator)

Introduced year 2008

Homepage www.inro.tno.nl/transtools/

References TRANS-TOOLS (2006), Leest, et al. (2006)

Comment EU 6th Framework Programme

TRANS-TOOLS is built using to the general GIS-software Arc-GIS from ESRI and the

Traffic analyst module from Rapidis. The model includes both freight and passenger transport

for the entire European transport network and consists of seven modules for assignment,

modal split etc. The model also includes a logistics model (SLAM), based on the SMILE

model. The modal split is made using a multinomial logit model from the Dutch NEAC

model10

. The TRANS-TOOLS model is IPR-free and can be downloaded from the homepage,

but requires the commercial ArcGIS software.

10 http://www.nea.nl/neac/

Page 157: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 151

5.4.15 VISUM

Name Verkehr in Städten Umlegung

Abbreviation VISUM

Modal split Multimodal Network Model

Four stage steps 3-4

Level modelled Freight flow

Presentation Graphical

Author, organisation PTV AG

Introduced year 2008

Homepage www.ptv.de

References PTV AG

Comment

VISUM is a comprehensive, flexible software system for transportation planning, travel

demand modelling and network data management. VISUM is used on all continents for

metropolitan, regional, state wide and national planning applications. Designed for

multimodal analysis, VISUM integrates all relevant modes of transportation (i.e., car, car

passenger, goods vehicles, bus, train, motorcycles, bicycles and pedestrians) into one

consistent network model. VISUM provides a variety of assignment procedures and 4-stage

modelling components which include trip-end based as well as activity based approaches.

VISUM is recently used together with other software packages for freight modelling in

Switzerland and Dubai. The Swiss Freight Model calculates the freight demand and works

with different software packages (Excel, VISEVA, MUULI and VISUM). The Swiss freight

model differentiates 1116 commodity groups, 5 vehicle types and 20 logistical systems. The

transport network consists of a 5-level model; including three road networks, on rail network

and one inland waterway network. On the offer side also the logistics centers, the public

goods stations and private sidings are considered.

The national model integrates a 4-step approach (generation, distribution, conversion,

assignment). The assignment considers mode and rout choice at the same time. The logistics

costs (transport and transshipment) and the consignor costs (interest costs of goods,

depreciation of perishable goods) are considered.

Page 158: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 152

5.5 Terminal models

There exist a large number of terminal operation models, whereas the majority focuses on

maritime port terminal. Models dealing with the specificalities of inland container terminals

are rare and differ mostly according to their focus, aggregation level and underlying

methodology.

This literature review focuses on computer models covering container terminal operations on

all decision levels (strategic, tactical and operational). Most of these are simulation based

models. Pure mathematical models are thus not included.

Terminal operation modelling is divided into 4 categories:

1. Strategic models considering the terminal as a whole (aggregate level)

2. Strategic models considering only parts of the terminal (storage, shipping, etc.)

3. Tactical and operational models considering the terminal in its totality

4. Tactical and operational models considering individual areas of the terminal

A major part of the literature, written on container terminal operation and management, focus

on optimization methods for individual sections or subareas of the terminal (Arnold et al.

2004; Kim and Park 2004; Kim and Kim 1998; Chen 1999). The main covered areas are

dispatching and scheduling of handling equipment, berth allocation, storage space allocation

and sequencing of the ship loading and unloading.

Although some of this work can be used to deduce strategic decisions for the future operation

of intermodal terminals, most of the optimizations methods remain primary suited for tactical

and operational issues. Still there is some research dedicated to the overall definition of

container terminal operation.

A complete overview of the relevant operations, equipment setting and literature is given by

Steenken et al. (2004) and Murty et al. (2005). Vis and Koster (2003) give a further detailed

description of container terminal processes; and Vis and Harika (2004) focus in their paper on

the used equipment in automated container terminals to work out differences between

automated guided vehicles (AGVs) and automated lifting vehicles (ALVs).

Simulation as an evaluation method has also been studied intensively. Studies can be grouped

into 2 categories. The first category concentrates on a certain sub area (Yang et al. 2004),

while the second category models the whole container terminal (Gambardella et al. 1966; Lee

et al. 2003; Parola and Sciomachen 2004). Due to the fact that nearly all relevant papers are

devoted to open-sea Terminals, activities around the ship berthing, loading and unloading

play a predominant role in the studies and are reflected in the process of goal setting, which is

less suitable for our purpose, where terminal activities and goals are rather centered on

container shipment by railway.

Page 159: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 153

5.5.1 CAPS

Name Capacity Planning System

Abbreviation CAPS

Presentation Graphical, 2D (with optional package 3D)

Author, organization Das Institut für Seeverkehrswirtschaft und Logistik (ISL),

Bremen/Bremerhaven

Introduced year 1991

Homepage www.isl.org

References

Comment

CAPS is used to determine terminal capacities and ship to shore crane requirement. It focuses

therefore on the waterside operations of a container terminal. A differentiation can be made

by vessel types (jumbo, medium and feeder) and by container type (standard, empty, reefer

and dangerous). The results give insight on the vessel service time, quay utilization, and

number of cranes deployed.

Page 160: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 154

5.5.2 COSMOS

Name COSMOS

Abbreviation

Presentation

Author, organization COSMOS NV. (Antwerpen)

Introduced year 1980

Homepage www.cosmos.be

References

Comment

COSMOS is a container software manufacturer, which was born from a terminal operator

background. It offers mainly solutions to speed up and automate the operation of container

terminals. All solutions centre on a different part of the terminal and can used within an

integrated suite. Still none of the offered application models the terminal as a complete

system. Some of the considered operation systems are yard planning, vessel planning,

equipment control and tracking, gate administration.

Page 161: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 155

5.5.3 Crazy

Name Crane Simulation System

Abbreviation Crazy

Presentation Graphical, 3D

Author, organization Das Institut für Seeverkehrswirtschaft und Logistik (ISL),

Bremen/Bremerhaven

Introduced year 1991

Homepage www.isl.org

References

Comment

Crazy can be used for the analysis of any type of ship to shore crane systems and for the

optimal planning of vessel dispatching and services. This tool focuses on the quay operations

and is able to model in detail real stowing plans, single and double hoist cranes, twin lift

operation and dual cycling operations. The results delivered help to define best type of crane

for vessel dispatch and to analyze interdependencies of several cranes.

Page 162: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 156

5.5.4 IYCAPS

Name Intermodal Yard Capacity Planning System

Abbreviation IYCAPS

Presentation Graphical, 2D

Author, organization Das Institut für Seeverkehrswirtschaft und Logistik (ISL),

Bremen/Bremerhaven

Introduced year 1991

Homepage www.isl.org

References

Comment

IYCAPS has been developed in a partnership of the Port of Tacoma at the West Coast of the

USA and the ISL.

This tool can be used to determine the capacity of intermodal yards and the number of needed

tracks and connection points. IYCASPS takes into account the handling processes of trains

and need train schedules and train compositions as an input. The delivered results focus on

train times at the terminal and the utilization of terminal equipment and tracks.

Page 163: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 157

5.5.5 Scusy

Name Simulation of Container Unit Handling System

Abbreviation Scusy

Presentation Graphical, 2D (with optional package 3D)

Author, organization Das Institut für Seeverkehrswirtschaft und Logistik (ISL),

Bremen/Bremerhaven

Introduced year 1991

Homepage www.isl.org

References

Comment

This is a tool for the comparison of terminal handling systems. Different terminal layout

(focusing on number and type of equipment) can be modeled and compared, delivering a

decision guidance for the handling system chosen, which can include all types of quay and

stacking are equipment.

Page 164: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 158

5.5.6 Terminalkostnadsmodellen

Name Terminalkostnadsmodellen

Abbreviation n/a

Modal split n/a

Level modelled Infrastructure

Object Based No

Scenario Support No

Tool Standard, Excel

Presentation Graphical, Excel

Level of aggregation Medium - High

Author, organisation Mattias Skoglund, TFK - TransportForsK AB

Introduced year 2010

Homepage http://www.sir-

c.se/files/rapporter/Kostnadsber%E4kning%20per%20terminaltyp.xls

References Sommar, 2010

Terminalkostnadsmodellen is a terminal cost calculation model that has four predefined

terminals based on Swedish conditions. Three of them are traditional intermodal terminals of

different sizes and the fourth is a line terminal:

End Point Terminal 1 – large

End Point Terminal 2 - Medium

End Point Terminal 3 – small

Line Terminal – line

The predefined terminals has a number of given input data, but is changeable in case of other

conditions prevail. Kombiterminalmodellen using excel as the tool, with its advantages and

disadvantages. The model handles both capital costs and operating costs but it is not object

based. The predefined terminal types are placed on individual excel worksheets with a

summary in another sheet.

The Line Terminal is intended to be served by line trains as the pilot Lättkombi and thus has

consistently electrified tracks. Models of Line Terminals are relatively simple to design (and

model) as the number of components is limited. Still it does not support evaluation of

alternative scenarios, ie the evaluation of those situations where some components are

replaced with other similar components.

Page 165: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 159

Terminalkostnadsmodellen provides an overview of the costs that occur in a traditional

intermodal terminal and costings of magnitude. A shortcoming of this model is that the

operational parameters such as number of employees and operating hours for terminal

equipment and locomotives is not linked to each other and it has no connection to the number

of transferred units.

5.5.7 TRAPIST

Name Tools and routines to assist port and improve shipping

Abbreviation TRAPIST

Presentation

Author, organization Nautical Enterprise Centre Ltd. Ireland (project coordinator)

Introduced year 2003

Homepage http://www.trapist.info/

References

Comment

This is a EU project, which had the goal to develop tools and routines for the optimization of

operations in small and medium ports. Within this project a terminal simulation system was

developed and was extended to optimize loading and discharging of container feeder and liner

vessels.

Page 166: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 160

5.5.8 Villon

Name Villon

Abbreviation Villon

Presentation Graphical, CAD, 3D accelerated utilising MS DirectX

Author, organization SimCon s.r.o. Zilina

Introduced year 1997 (previous model VirtuOS since 1994)

Homepage www.simcon.sk

References

Comment

Villon is a software simulation tool for creation and application of universal and detailed

simulation models of transportation logistic terminals and their technological processes.

Villon supports microscopic modelling of various types of transportation logistic terminals

containing railway and road infrastructures (e.g. marshalling yards, railway passenger

stations, factories, train care centres, depots, airports, container terminals, Harbour terminals,

etc.).

Page 167: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 161

5.6 Rail network models

The railway network simulation models operate on a very detailed level. They make it

possible to reproduce very accurately the general train movements and are used to assess

single network links. The models are based on the following principles:

track layout,

signaling system,

maximum speed,

type and characteristics for rolling stock,

time table.

Further, the capacity of railway infrastructure is assessed with the following methodology:

taking into account different types of time tables, including

different levels of infrastructure occupation (by adding or taking off trains)

different levels of time supplement

introducing different levels of initial delays or incidents.

The output of the different simulation models are for example the summation of delays, mean

delays and number of delayed trains (see Capman, 2004).

Simulation tools are:

SIMONE

RailSys

SiSYFE

SIMU

IS SENA

OpenTrack

5.7 Conclusion

This review has given an overview of existing models within the intermodal transport sector.

The models found are either focused on an overall strategic level or on specific details in the

system, e.g. terminal operations. There are models covering all fours steps of transport

modelling and all levels of the transport system, but these models have not modelled the

system in detail. On the other hand, those models that are very detailed only cover a limited

part of the modelling steps and transport system levels.

No model has been found that combines both a detailed modelling with a strategic

perspective. This shows that there is a lack of models combining these two levels. This is not

surprising as models traditionally have been developed for specific purposes, e.g. national

planning, and therefore for budget and simplicity reasons has been limited to that level. It

appears as no attempts have been made to link models from the different levels together.

Page 168: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 162

References

Arnold P., D. Peeters, and Thomas. 2004. Modelling a rail/road intermodal transportation

system. Transportation research Part E 40:255-270.

Caliper, 2001, Travel Demand Modeling with TransCAD, Newton, Caliper Corporation

Caris, A., Janssens, G. K., Macharis, C. (2009): A simulation approach to the analysis of

intermodal freight transport networks.

Caris, A, Macharis, C, and Janssens, G. K. "Planning Problems in Intermodal Freight

Transport: Accomplishments and Prospects", Transportation and Planning Technology, vol.

31, 3, 2008.

Capman (2004): Summary Report Capacity Management Project (Capman Phase 3). UIC –

International Union of Railways.

Chen, T. 1999. Yard operation in the container terminal – a study in the unproductive moves.

Maritime policy and Management 26(1):27-38.

Crainic, T. G. & Florian, M. & Leal, J.-U., 1990, A Model for the Strategic Planning of

National Freight Transportation by Rail, Transportation Science, 24 (1), pp. 1-24

EUFRANET, 2001, EUFRANET Final report, EUFRANET - European Freight Rail Net

Model,

Flodén, J., 2007, Modelling intermodal freight transport : the potential of combined transport

in Sweden, Göteborg, Handelshögskolan vid Göteborgs universitet, BAS Publishing

Friedrich, H. and G. Liedtke (2009): Consideration of logistics for policy analysis with freight

transport models. Institute for Economic Policy Research (IWW). Karlsruhe.

Gambardella, L. M., G. Bontempi, E. Taillard, D. Roma-nengo, G. Raso, and P. Piermari.

1996. Simulation and Forecasting in Intermodal Container Terminal. Available via <

http://www.idsia.ch/~luca/ess96.pdf> [accessed Mai 4, 2008]

Gambardella, L.M., Rizzoli, A.E. and Funk, P. (2002). Agent-based planning and simulation

of combined rail/road transport. SIMULATION, Vol. 78, Issue 5, p. 293-303.

Guélat, J. & Florian, M. & Crainic, T. G., 1990, A Multimodal Multiproduct Network

Assignment Model for Strategic Planning of Freight Flows, Transportation Science, 24 (1),

pp. 25-39

Jourquin, B. & Beuthe, M., 1996, Transportation policy analysis with a geographic

information system: The virtual network of freight transportation in Europe, Transportation

Research Part C: Emerging Technologies, 4 (6), pp. 359-371

Jourquin, B. & Beuthe, M., 2001, Multimodal Freight Networks Analysis with Nodus, a

survey of several applications, Transportation Planning and Technology, 4 (3), pp.

Page 169: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 163

Kim, H. B., and K. H. Kim. 1998. The optimal determina-tion of the space requirement and

the number of transfer cranes for import containers. Computers and industrial Engineering 35

(3-4): 427-430.

Kim, K. H., and J. M. Park. 2004. A crane scheduling method for port container terminals.

European Journal of Operational Research 156: 752-768.

Lee Tae-Woo, Park Nam-Kyu, and Lee Dong-Won. 2003. A Simulation study for the logistics

planning of a con-tainer terminal in view of SCM. Maritime Policy & Management 30 (3):

243-254.

Leest, E. E. G. A. v. d. & Duijnisveld, M. A. G. & Hilferink, P. B. D., 2006, Update of the

NEAC modal-split model, Paper presented at European Transport Conference 2006,

Strasbourg, France, Association for European Transport (AET)

Lundqvist, L. & Mattsson, L.-G., editors, 2002, National transport models : recent

developments and prospects, Berlin, Springer Verlag

Macharis, C. & Janssens, G. K. & Jourquin, B. & Pekin, E. & Caris, A. & Crépin, T., 2009,

Decision Support System for Intermodal Transport Policy DSSITP - Final report, Belgian

Science Policy,

Mariterm, 2001, Manual till Kombisim 2.01, Mariterm AB, Göteborg

ME&P & WSP, 2002, Review of Models in Continental Europe and Elsewhere, ME&P -

WSP, Review of Freight Modelling Report B2, Cambridge

MOTOS, 2007, Handbook of transport modelling (in Europe): learning from best practice,

MOTOS Transport Modelling: Towards Operational Standards in Europe M3.1,

Murty, K. G., J. Liu, Y. Wan, and R. Linn. 2005. A decision support system for operations in

a container terminal. Decision Support Systems 39: 309-332.

NEA et al., 2002, SPIN: Scanning the Potential for Modal Shift, Deliverable 2.1 Methods for

the identification of the potential for modal shift, May 2002

Parola, F., and A. Sciomachen. 2004. Intermodal container flows in a port system network:

Analysis of possible growths via simulation models. International Journal of Production

Economics : 2-14.

PTV AG , Handbuch Güterverkehrsmodell Schweiz, Karlsruhe, Juli 2008

Rizzoli, A.E., Gambardella, L.M. and Funk, P. (2002). A simulation tool for combined

rail/road transport in intermodal terminals. Mathematics and Computers in Simulation, 59, p.

57–71.

Ruesch Martin et al., Standort- und Transportkonzepte für den Kombinierten Ladungsverkehr,

Bericht B2 des NFP41, Bern, 2000

Rutten, B. J. C. M., 1995, On medium distance intermodal rail transport, Delft, Delft

University of Technology

Page 170: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 164

SAMPLAN, 2001, The Swedish model system for good transport - SAMGODS - A brief

introductory overview, SAMPLAN Rapport 2001:1, Stockholm

SCENES, 2002, SCENES European Transport Scenarios Summary Report,

Schneider, W., 2003, The German National Freight Transport Model, Paper presented at

Conference on National and International Freight Transport Models, Helsingør, Denmark

Schneider, W. & Nießen, N. & Oetting, A., 2003, Strategic modelling and simulation tool for

rail freight transportation, Paper presented at European Transport Conference 2003,

Strasbourg, France, Association for European Transport (AET)

Sjöbris, A. & Jivén, K., 1999, Ökad konkurrenskraft för kombitrafik med järnväg på korta

avstånd, Mariterm AB, 1999-11-09, Göteborg

Sönke, H. 2004. Generating Scenarios for Simulation and Optimization of Container Terminal

Logistics. OR Spectrum 26: 171-192.

Steenken, D., S. Voß, and R. Stahlbock. 2004. Container terminal operation and operations

research – a classification and literature review. OR Spectrum 26: 3-49.

STREAMS, 2000, Final Report, Marcial Echenique & Partners Ltd (ME&P), STREAMS

Strategic Transport Research for European Member States

Tavasszy, L. A. & Smeenk, B. & Ruijgrok, C. J., 1998, A DSS For Modelling Logistic Chains

in Freight Transport Policy Analysis, International Transactions in Operational Research, 5

(6), pp. 447-459

TRANS-TOOLS, 2006, Description and practice use of the Trans-Tools model, TNO Inro,

Deliverable 4,

Wandel, S. & Ruijgrok, C. J. & Nemoto, T., 1992, Relationships among shifta in logistics,

transport, traffic and informatics, In Huge, M. & Storhagen, N. G., editors, Logistiska

framsteg - Nordiska forskningsperspektiv på logistik och materialadministration, Lun,

Studentlitteratur

Williams, I., 2002, Designing the STREAMS model of Europe, In Lundqvist, L. & Mattsson,

L.-G., editors, National transport models : recent developments and prospects, Advances in

spatial science, Berlin, Springer Verlag

Vis, I., F. A., and I. Harika. 2004. Comparison of vehicle types at an automated container

terminal. OR Spec-trum 26: 117-143.

Vis I., F. A., and R. Koster. 2003. Transshipment of containers at a container terminal: An

overview. European Journal of Operational Research 147: 1-16.

Yang, C. H., Y. S. Choi, and T. Y. Ha. 2004. Simulation-based performance evaluation of

transport vehicles at automated container terminals. OR Spectrum 26: 149-170.

Page 171: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 165

Appendix 1 Questionnaire WP 1.3

Respondents

Potential users of the entire MINT system, not just one of the smaller models. Suggested

respondents can be divided into:

Authorities, Infrastructure administrations, regions, cities, etc.

Research institutes (independent, private)

Consultancy firms

Lager companies (that performs advanced analysis)

Researchers (research projects, universities (cannot include close colleagues))

Semi-structured Questionnaire

1. Respondent

o Name

o Position

o Company

o Contact information

Do not ask about things we already know

2. State background to survey

o We are interested in finding out what strategic and tactical computer models

are used to model intermodal transport systems for freight, primary

concerning intermodal transport between road and rail (combined transport).

o Do not mention the purpose of MINT as not to bias the results. MINT can be

explained at the end after the survey is completed.

3. Respondent research/analysis area

o We need answers for this area even if the respondent does not use computer

models. Interesting to know which types of companies that do not use models.

o In which areas of intermodal transport does your company perform

research/analysis (mark yes/no for each area)? If possible, try to separate

between areas where they have performed research and areas where they have

not, but would potentially accept assignments. Ask an open question and mark

yes/no in the list.

Page 172: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 166

Macro level intermodal network analysis (e.g. national forecasts and

planning, policy, regulation, taxing)

Infrastructure investment analysis (e.g. new roads, railways)

Network Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical, e.g. starting a new

service, number of trains to use. NOT day to day planning)

Terminal (node) location model

Terminal Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical, e.g. terminal

design or long term changes, NOT day to day operations)

o How many people work with intermodal research in your company?

o What is the typical background of an employee?

Is their background as university researchers (PhD), engineers,

business, age etc?

4. Model use

o Does your company use computer models (as described above)?

o If yes (use models):

Why do you use models (in general)?

Separate between the general question why they use models and

why the use the specific models they have selected (below).

Which models do you use?

If the model is unknown to us, ask briefly about modelling

technology and characteristics.

For what purposes do you use the models?

Make an X in the table for each area where the model is used.

Model use refers to what the model is used for and not the

technical design of the model. A simulation model might for

example be used for deterministic calculations

Use a new table for each model (see appendix / separate file)

Model use

Stochastic simulation

Optimization Deterministic calculations

Comment

Page 173: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 167

including random

components

mathematical or heuristics

e.g. Excel spreadsheet,

simulation without random

component

Purpose

Macro level intermodal network analysis

Infrastructure investment analysis

Network Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical)

Terminal (node) location model

Terminal Planning and Operations (strategic, tactical)

Why have you selected these models?

For how long have you used them?

Name some projects where the models have been used.

A brief description if the project is not well known.

Do you use them yourself (the company) or do you use external

consultants?

If consultant:

What is the name of the consultancy firm? (Contact for

interview?)

When selecting consultants, is it a requirement that they should

use a model? (I.e. does the initiative to use a model come from

the respondent and they contact a consultant that can supply an

appropriate model or does the initiative come from the

consultant?)

Page 174: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The

Page 168

If yes:

o Do you require the consultant to use a specific model or

just any model?

If yourself:

o Which are the best features of your current models?

o Have you adapted/further developed the models to fit

your purpose?

o Which features do you miss in the models?

Missing features (e.g. things they would like to

be able to do)

Technical limitations (e.g. number of variables,

runtimes)

o If no (do not use models):

Why do you not use computer models?

o A sensitive issue is if the reason is lack of competence to

use models. The respondent is not likely to admit it. Try

to ask a discrete question if you believe that is the case.

Which features do you miss in the models?

Have you previously used computer models?

If yes:

Which models did you use?

Why did you stop using them?

5. Other methods

o We need answers for this area even if the respondent does not use computer

models.

o Limit to ask only for intermodal research, but not only in the projects where

computer models are used.

Which other methods do you use in your intermodal research? Ask an

open question. No list to mark yes/no in, since there are too many

possible answers.

Page 175: State-of-the-Art MINT Deliverable 1 - Trafikverketfudinfo.trafikverket.se/fudinfoexternwebb/Publikationer/Publikationer_001301_001400... · Page 2 1.2.1 Glossary and Definitions The